mirror of
git://sourceware.org/git/lvm2.git
synced 2025-01-02 01:18:26 +03:00
Update man pages
Use one style for man pages.
This commit is contained in:
parent
5dc27b75eb
commit
c63b155d16
@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
|
|||||||
Version 2.02.96 -
|
Version 2.02.96 -
|
||||||
================================
|
================================
|
||||||
|
Update man pages to give them same look&feel.
|
||||||
Fix lvresize of thin pool for stipped devices.
|
Fix lvresize of thin pool for stipped devices.
|
||||||
For lvresize round upward when specifying number of extents.
|
For lvresize round upward when specifying number of extents.
|
||||||
For lvcreate with %FREE support rounding downward strip alignment.
|
For lvcreate with %FREE support rounding downward strip alignment.
|
||||||
|
124
man/clvmd.8.in
124
man/clvmd.8.in
@ -3,63 +3,102 @@
|
|||||||
clvmd \- cluster LVM daemon
|
clvmd \- cluster LVM daemon
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B clvmd
|
.B clvmd
|
||||||
[\-d[<value>]] [\-C] [\-h]
|
.RB [ \-d
|
||||||
[\-E <lock uuid>]
|
.RI [< value >]
|
||||||
[\-R]
|
.RB [ \-C ]]
|
||||||
[\-S]
|
.RB [ \-E
|
||||||
[\-t <timeout>]
|
.RI < "lock uuid" >]
|
||||||
[\-T <start timeout>]
|
.RB [ \-f ]
|
||||||
[\-V]
|
.RB [ \-h ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-I
|
||||||
|
.IR "cluster_manager" ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-R ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-S ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-t
|
||||||
|
.RI < timeout >]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-T
|
||||||
|
.RI < "start timeout" >]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-V ]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
clvmd is the daemon that distributes LVM metadata updates around a cluster.
|
clvmd is the daemon that distributes LVM metadata updates around a cluster.
|
||||||
It must be running on all nodes in the cluster and will give an error
|
It must be running on all nodes in the cluster and will give an error
|
||||||
if a node in the cluster does not have this daemon running.
|
if a node in the cluster does not have this daemon running.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-d[<value>]
|
.BR \-d [< \fIvalue >]
|
||||||
Enable debug logging. Value can be 0, 1 or 2.
|
Enable debug logging. Value can be 0, 1 or 2.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
0 disables debug logging
|
0 disables debug logging
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
1 sends debug logs to stderr (implies -f option)
|
1 sends debug logs to stderr (implies \fB\-f\fP option)
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
2 sends debug logs to syslog
|
2 sends debug logs to syslog
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
If
|
If
|
||||||
.B -d
|
.B \-d
|
||||||
is specified without a value then 1 is assumed.
|
is specified without a value then 1 is assumed.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-C
|
.B \-C
|
||||||
Only valid if
|
Only valid if
|
||||||
.B -d
|
.B \-d
|
||||||
is also specified. Tells all clvmds in a cluster to enable/disable debug logging.
|
is also specified. Tells all clvmds in a cluster to enable/disable debug logging.
|
||||||
Without this switch, only the local clvmd will change its debug level to that
|
Without this switch, only the local clvmd will change its debug level to that
|
||||||
given with
|
given with
|
||||||
.B -d.
|
.B \-d
|
||||||
|
.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
This does not work correctly if specified on the command-line that starts clvmd.
|
This does not work correctly if specified on the command-line that starts clvmd.
|
||||||
If you want to start clvmd
|
If you want to start clvmd
|
||||||
.B and
|
.B and
|
||||||
enable cluster-wide logging then the command needs to be issued twice, eg:
|
enable cluster-wide logging then the command needs to be issued twice, eg:
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
clvmd
|
.B clvmd
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
clvmd -d2
|
.B clvmd -d2
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-t <timeout>
|
.BR \-E < "\fIlock uuid" >
|
||||||
|
Pass lock uuid to be reacquired exclusively when clvmd is restarted.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.B \-f
|
||||||
|
Don't fork, run in the foreground.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.B \-h
|
||||||
|
Show help information.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.B \-I \fIcluster manager
|
||||||
|
Selects the cluster manager to use for locking and internal communications,
|
||||||
|
the available managers will be listed as part of the \fBclvmd -h\fP output.
|
||||||
|
clvmd will use the first cluster manager that succeeds, and it checks them
|
||||||
|
in the order cman,corosync,openais. As it is quite possible to have
|
||||||
|
(eg) corosync and cman available on the same system you might have to
|
||||||
|
manually specify this option to override the search.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.B \-R
|
||||||
|
Tells all the running clvmds in the cluster to reload their device cache and
|
||||||
|
re-read the lvm configuration file. This command should be run whenever the
|
||||||
|
devices on a cluster system are changed.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.B \-S
|
||||||
|
Tells the running clvmd to exit and reexecute itself, for example at the
|
||||||
|
end of a package upgrade. The new instance is instructed to reacquire
|
||||||
|
any locks in the same state as they were previously held. (Alternative
|
||||||
|
methods of restarting the daemon have the side effect of changing
|
||||||
|
exclusive LV locks into shared locks.)
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.BR \-t < \fItimeout >
|
||||||
Specifies the timeout for commands to run around the cluster. This should not
|
Specifies the timeout for commands to run around the cluster. This should not
|
||||||
be so small that commands with many disk updates to do will fail, so you
|
be so small that commands with many disk updates to do will fail, so you
|
||||||
may need to increase this on systems with very large disk farms.
|
may need to increase this on systems with very large disk farms.
|
||||||
The default is 30 seconds.
|
The default is 30 seconds.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-T <start timeout>
|
.BR \-T < "\fIstart timeout" >
|
||||||
Specifies the timeout for clvmd daemon startup. If the daemon does not report
|
Specifies the timeout for clvmd daemon startup. If the daemon does not report
|
||||||
that it has started up within this time then the parent command will exit with
|
that it has started up within this time then the parent command will exit with
|
||||||
status of 5. This does NOT mean that clvmd has not started! What it means is
|
status of 5. This does NOT mean that clvmd has not started! What it means is
|
||||||
that the startup of clvmd has been delayed for some reason; the most likely
|
that the startup of clvmd has been delayed for some reason; the most likely
|
||||||
cause of this is an inquorate cluster though it could be due to locking
|
cause of this is an inquorate cluster though it could be due to locking
|
||||||
latencies on a cluster with large numbers of logical volumes. If you get the
|
latencies on a cluster with large numbers of logical volumes. If you get the
|
||||||
return code of 5 it is usually not necessary to restart clvmd - it will start
|
return code of 5 it is usually not necessary to restart clvmd - it will start
|
||||||
as soon as that blockage has cleared. This flag is to allow startup scripts
|
as soon as that blockage has cleared. This flag is to allow startup scripts
|
||||||
to exit in a timely fashion even if the cluster is stalled for some reason.
|
to exit in a timely fashion even if the cluster is stalled for some reason.
|
||||||
@ -70,30 +109,7 @@ sensible.
|
|||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
This timeout will be ignored if you start clvmd with the -d switch.
|
This timeout will be ignored if you start clvmd with the -d switch.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-E <lock uuid>
|
.B \-V
|
||||||
Pass lock uuid to be reacquired exclusively when clvmd is restarted.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
.I \-R
|
|
||||||
Tells all the running clvmds in the cluster to reload their device cache and
|
|
||||||
re-read the lvm configuration file. This command should be run whenever the
|
|
||||||
devices on a cluster system are changed.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
.I \-S
|
|
||||||
Tells the running clvmd to exit and reexecute itself, for example at the
|
|
||||||
end of a package upgrade. The new instance is instructed to reacquire
|
|
||||||
any locks in the same state as they were previously held. (Alternative
|
|
||||||
methods of restarting the daemon have the side effect of changing
|
|
||||||
exclusive LV locks into shared locks.)
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
.I \-I
|
|
||||||
Selects the cluster manager to use for locking and internal communications,
|
|
||||||
the available managers will be listed as part of the 'clvmd -h' output.
|
|
||||||
clvmd will use the first cluster manager that succeeds, and it checks them
|
|
||||||
in the order cman,corosync,openais. As it is quite possible to have
|
|
||||||
(eg) corosync and cman available on the same system you might have to
|
|
||||||
manually specify this option to override the search.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
.I \-V
|
|
||||||
Display the version of the cluster LVM daemon.
|
Display the version of the cluster LVM daemon.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
|
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
|
||||||
|
@ -14,28 +14,27 @@ fsadm \- utility to resize or check filesystem on a device
|
|||||||
.RI [ new_size [ BKMGTEP ]]
|
.RI [ new_size [ BKMGTEP ]]
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B fsadm
|
fsadm utility checks or resizes the filesystem on a device.
|
||||||
utility checks or resizes the filesystem on a device.
|
|
||||||
It tries to use the same API for
|
It tries to use the same API for
|
||||||
.IR ext2 , ext3 , ext4 , ReiserFS
|
.IR ext2 ", " ext3 ", " ext4 ", " ReiserFS " and " XFS
|
||||||
and \fIXFS\fP filesystem.
|
filesystem.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
|
|
||||||
Display the help text.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose
|
|
||||||
Be more verbose.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
.BR \-e ", " \-\-ext\-offline
|
.BR \-e ", " \-\-ext\-offline
|
||||||
Unmount ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem before doing resize.
|
Unmount ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem before doing resize.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
||||||
Bypass some sanity checks.
|
Bypass some sanity checks.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
|
||||||
|
Display the help text.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-n ", " \-\-dry\-run
|
.BR \-n ", " \-\-dry\-run
|
||||||
Print commands without running them.
|
Print commands without running them.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose
|
||||||
|
Be more verbose.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-y ", " \-\-yes
|
.BR \-y ", " \-\-yes
|
||||||
Answer "yes" at any prompts.
|
Answer "yes" at any prompts.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
@ -3,49 +3,68 @@
|
|||||||
lvchange \- change attributes of a logical volume
|
lvchange \- change attributes of a logical volume
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B lvchange
|
.B lvchange
|
||||||
[\-\-addtag Tag]
|
.RB [ \-\-addtag
|
||||||
[\-A|\-\-autobackup y|n] [\-a|\-\-available y|n|ey|en|ly|ln]
|
.IR Tag ]
|
||||||
[\-\-alloc AllocationPolicy]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
[\-C|\-\-contiguous y|n] [\-d|\-\-debug] [\-\-deltag Tag]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
[\-\-resync]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-available
|
||||||
[\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RI [ e | l ]{ y | n }]
|
||||||
[\-\-ignorelockingfailure]
|
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
||||||
[\-\-ignoremonitoring]
|
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
||||||
[\-\-monitor {y|n}]
|
.RB [ \-C | \-\-contiguous
|
||||||
[\-\-poll {y|n}]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
[\-\-sysinit]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-\-noudevsync]
|
.RB [ \-\-deltag
|
||||||
[\-M|\-\-persistent y|n] [\-\-minor minor]
|
.IR Tag ]
|
||||||
[\-P|\-\-partial]
|
.RB [ \-\-resync ]
|
||||||
[\-p|\-\-permission r|rw] [\-r/\-\-readahead ReadAheadSectors|auto|none]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-\-refresh]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
[\-t|\-\-test]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignoremonitoring ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose] LogicalVolumePath [LogicalVolumePath...]
|
.RB [ \-\-monitor
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-poll
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-sysinit ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-M | \-\-persistent
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-minor
|
||||||
|
.IR minor ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-p | \-\-permission
|
||||||
|
.RI { r | rw }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-r | \-\-readahead
|
||||||
|
.RI { ReadAheadSectors | auto | none }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-refresh ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose]
|
||||||
|
.I LogicalVolumePath
|
||||||
|
.RI [ LogicalVolumePath ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
lvchange allows you to change the attributes of a logical volume
|
lvchange allows you to change the attributes of a logical volume
|
||||||
including making them known to the kernel ready for use.
|
including making them known to the kernel ready for use.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-a, \-\-available y|n|ey|en|ly|ln
|
.BR \-a ", " \-\-available " [" \fIe | \fIl ]{ \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Controls the availability of the logical volumes for use.
|
Controls the availability of the logical volumes for use.
|
||||||
Communicates with the kernel device-mapper driver via
|
Communicates with the kernel device-mapper driver via
|
||||||
libdevmapper to activate (-ay) or deactivate (-an) the
|
libdevmapper to activate (\-ay) or deactivate (\-an) the
|
||||||
logical volumes.
|
logical volumes.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
If clustered locking is enabled, -aey will activate exclusively
|
If clustered locking is enabled, -aey will activate exclusively
|
||||||
on one node and -aly will activate only on the local node.
|
on one node and -aly will activate only on the local node.
|
||||||
To deactivate only on the local node use -aln.
|
To deactivate only on the local node use -aln.
|
||||||
Logical volumes with single-host snapshots are always activated
|
Logical volumes with single-host snapshots are always activated
|
||||||
exclusively because they can only be used on one node at once.
|
exclusively because they can only be used on one node at once.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-C, \-\-contiguous y|n
|
.BR \-C ", " \-\-contiguous " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Tries to set or reset the contiguous allocation policy for
|
Tries to set or reset the contiguous allocation policy for
|
||||||
logical volumes. It's only possible to change a non-contiguous
|
logical volumes. It's only possible to change a non-contiguous
|
||||||
logical volume's allocation policy to contiguous, if all of the
|
logical volume's allocation policy to contiguous, if all of the
|
||||||
allocated physical extents are already contiguous.
|
allocated physical extents are already contiguous.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-resync
|
.B \-\-resync
|
||||||
Forces the complete resynchronization of a mirror. In normal
|
Forces the complete resynchronization of a mirror. In normal
|
||||||
circumstances you should not need this option because synchronization
|
circumstances you should not need this option because synchronization
|
||||||
happens automatically. Data is read from the primary mirror device
|
happens automatically. Data is read from the primary mirror device
|
||||||
@ -53,53 +72,55 @@ and copied to the others, so this can take a considerable amount of
|
|||||||
time - and during this time you are without a complete redundant copy
|
time - and during this time you are without a complete redundant copy
|
||||||
of your data.
|
of your data.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-minor minor
|
.B \-\-minor \fIminor
|
||||||
Set the minor number.
|
Set the minor number.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-monitor y|n
|
.BR \-\-monitor " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Start or stop monitoring a mirrored or snapshot logical volume with
|
Start or stop monitoring a mirrored or snapshot logical volume with
|
||||||
dmeventd, if it is installed.
|
dmeventd, if it is installed.
|
||||||
If a device used by a monitored mirror reports an I/O error,
|
If a device used by a monitored mirror reports an I/O error,
|
||||||
the failure is handled according to
|
the failure is handled according to
|
||||||
\fBmirror_image_fault_policy\fP and \fBmirror_log_fault_policy\fP
|
\fBmirror_image_fault_policy\fP and \fBmirror_log_fault_policy\fP
|
||||||
set in \fBlvm.conf\fP.
|
set in \fBlvm.conf\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-poll y|n
|
.BR \-\-poll " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Without polling a logical volume's backgrounded transformation process
|
Without polling a logical volume's backgrounded transformation process
|
||||||
will never complete. If there is an incomplete pvmove or lvconvert (for
|
will never complete. If there is an incomplete pvmove or lvconvert (for
|
||||||
example, on rebooting after a crash), use \fB--poll y\fP to restart the
|
example, on rebooting after a crash), use \fB\-\-poll y\fP to restart the
|
||||||
process from its last checkpoint. However, it may not be appropriate to
|
process from its last checkpoint. However, it may not be appropriate to
|
||||||
immediately poll a logical volume when it is activated, use \fB--poll
|
immediately poll a logical volume when it is activated, use
|
||||||
n\fP to defer and then \fB--poll y\fP to restart the process.
|
\fB\-\-poll n\fP to defer and then \fB\-\-poll y\fP to restart the process.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-sysinit
|
.B \-\-sysinit
|
||||||
Indicates that lvchange(8) is being invoked from early system initialisation
|
Indicates that \fBlvchange\fP(8) is being invoked from early system
|
||||||
scripts (e.g. rc.sysinit or an initrd), before writeable filesystems are
|
initialisation scripts (e.g. rc.sysinit or an initrd),
|
||||||
available. As such, some functionality needs to be disabled and this option
|
before writeable filesystems are available. As such,
|
||||||
|
some functionality needs to be disabled and this option
|
||||||
acts as a shortcut which selects an appropriate set of options. Currently
|
acts as a shortcut which selects an appropriate set of options. Currently
|
||||||
this is equivalent to using \fB--ignorelockingfailure\fP, \fB--ignoremonitoring\fP,
|
this is equivalent to using \fB\-\-ignorelockingfailure\fP,
|
||||||
\fB--poll n\fP and setting \fBLVM_SUPPRESS_LOCKING_FAILURE_MESSAGES\fP
|
\fB\-\-ignoremonitoring\fP, \fB\-\-poll n\fP and setting
|
||||||
|
\fBLVM_SUPPRESS_LOCKING_FAILURE_MESSAGES\fP
|
||||||
environment variable.
|
environment variable.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-noudevsync
|
.B \-\-noudevsync
|
||||||
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
||||||
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
||||||
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
||||||
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
||||||
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-ignoremonitoring
|
.B \-\-ignoremonitoring
|
||||||
Make no attempt to interact with dmeventd unless \-\-monitor
|
Make no attempt to interact with dmeventd unless \fB\-\-monitor\fP
|
||||||
is specified.
|
is specified.
|
||||||
Do not use this if dmeventd is already monitoring a device.
|
Do not use this if dmeventd is already monitoring a device.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-M, \-\-persistent y|n
|
.BR \-M ", " \-\-persistent " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Set to y to make the minor number specified persistent.
|
Set to y to make the minor number specified persistent.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-p, \-\-permission r|rw
|
.BR \-p ", " \-\-permission " {" \fIr | \fIrw }
|
||||||
Change access permission to read-only or read/write.
|
Change access permission to read-only or read/write.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-r, \-\-readahead ReadAheadSectors|auto|none
|
.BR \-r ", " \-\-readahead " {" \fIReadAheadSectors | \fIauto | \fInone }
|
||||||
Set read ahead sector count of this logical volume.
|
Set read ahead sector count of this logical volume.
|
||||||
For volume groups with metadata in lvm1 format, this must
|
For volume groups with metadata in lvm1 format, this must
|
||||||
be a value between 2 and 120 sectors.
|
be a value between 2 and 120 sectors.
|
||||||
@ -107,16 +128,16 @@ The default value is "auto" which allows the kernel to choose
|
|||||||
a suitable value automatically.
|
a suitable value automatically.
|
||||||
"None" is equivalent to specifying zero.
|
"None" is equivalent to specifying zero.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-refresh
|
.B \-\-refresh
|
||||||
If the logical volume is active, reload its metadata.
|
If the logical volume is active, reload its metadata.
|
||||||
This is not necessary in normal operation, but may be useful
|
This is not necessary in normal operation, but may be useful
|
||||||
if something has gone wrong or if you're doing clustering
|
if something has gone wrong or if you're doing clustering
|
||||||
manually without a clustered lock manager.
|
manually without a clustered lock manager.
|
||||||
.SH Examples
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
"lvchange -pr vg00/lvol1" changes the permission on
|
Changes the permission on volume lvol1 in volume group vg00 to be read-only:
|
||||||
volume lvol1 in volume group vg00 to be read-only.
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvchange -pr vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgchange (8)
|
.BR vgchange (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -3,62 +3,75 @@
|
|||||||
lvconvert \- convert a logical volume from linear to mirror or snapshot
|
lvconvert \- convert a logical volume from linear to mirror or snapshot
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B lvconvert
|
.B lvconvert
|
||||||
\-m|\-\-mirrors Mirrors [\-\-mirrorlog {disk|core|mirrored}] [\-\-corelog] [\-R|\-\-regionsize MirrorLogRegionSize]
|
.BR \-m | \-\-mirrors
|
||||||
[\-\-type SegmentType]
|
.I Mirrors
|
||||||
[\-A|\-\-alloc AllocationPolicy]
|
.RB [ \-\-mirrorlog
|
||||||
[\-b|\-\-background] [\-f|\-\-force] [\-i|\-\-interval Seconds]
|
.RI { disk | core | mirrored }]
|
||||||
[\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-\-corelog ]
|
||||||
[\-\-stripes Stripes [\-I|\-\-stripesize StripeSize]]
|
.RB [ \-R | \-\-regionsize
|
||||||
[\-\-noudevsync]
|
.IR MirrorLogRegionSize ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose] [\-y|\-\-yes]
|
.RB [ \-\-type
|
||||||
[\-\-version]
|
.IR SegmentType ]
|
||||||
.br
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-alloc
|
||||||
LogicalVolume[Path] [PhysicalVolume[Path][:PE[-PE]]...]
|
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
||||||
.br
|
.RB [ \-b | \-\-background ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
|
||||||
.br
|
.RB [ \-i | \-\-interval
|
||||||
|
.IR Seconds ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-stripes
|
||||||
|
.I Stripes
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-I | \-\-stripesize
|
||||||
|
.IR StripeSize ]]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-y | \-\-yes ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
|
.IR LogicalVolume [ Path ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume [ Path ][ :PE [ -PE ]]...]
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvconvert \-\-splitmirrors \fIImages
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-name
|
||||||
|
.IR SplitLogicalVolumeName ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-trackchanges ]
|
||||||
|
.IR MirrorLogicalVolume [ Path ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ SplittablePhysicalVolume [ Path ][ :PE [ -PE ]]...]
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvconvert
|
.B lvconvert
|
||||||
\-\-splitmirrors Images [\-\-name SplitLogicalVolumeName] [\-\-trackchanges]
|
.BR \-s | \-\-snapshot
|
||||||
.br
|
.RB [ \-c | \-\-chunksize
|
||||||
MirrorLogicalVolume[Path] [SplittablePhysicalVolume[Path][:PE[-PE]]...]
|
.IR ChunkSize ]
|
||||||
.br
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync ]
|
||||||
.br
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.B lvconvert
|
.RB [ \-Z | \-\-zero
|
||||||
\-s|\-\-snapshot [\-c|\-\-chunksize ChunkSize]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
[\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
[\-\-noudevsync]
|
.IR OriginalLogicalVolume [ Path ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.IR SnapshotLogicalVolume [ Path ]
|
||||||
[\-Z|\-\-zero y|n]
|
.sp
|
||||||
[\-\-version]
|
.B lvconvert \-\-merge
|
||||||
.br
|
.RB [ \-b | \-\-background ]
|
||||||
OriginalLogicalVolume[Path] SnapshotLogicalVolume[Path]
|
.RB [ \-i | \-\-interval
|
||||||
.br
|
.IR Seconds ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.br
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.B lvconvert
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
\-\-merge [\-b|\-\-background] [\-i|\-\-interval Seconds]
|
.IR LogicalVolume [ Path ]...
|
||||||
[\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.sp
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.B lvconvert \-\-repair
|
||||||
[\-\-version]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
LogicalVolume[Path]...
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.br
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
|
.IR LogicalVolume [ Path ]
|
||||||
.br
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume [ Path ]...]
|
||||||
.B lvconvert
|
.sp
|
||||||
\-\-repair
|
.B lvconvert \-\-replace \fIPhysicalVolume
|
||||||
[\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
[\-\-version]
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
LogicalVolume[Path] [PhysicalVolume[Path]...]
|
.IR LogicalVolume [ Path ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume [ Path ]...]
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
.B lvconvert
|
|
||||||
\-\-replace PhysicalVolume
|
|
||||||
[\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
|
||||||
[\-\-version]
|
|
||||||
LogicalVolume[Path] [PhysicalVolume[Path]...]
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
lvconvert is used to change the segment type (i.e. linear, mirror, etc) or
|
lvconvert is used to change the segment type (i.e. linear, mirror, etc) or
|
||||||
@ -75,19 +88,19 @@ these physical extents. If the conversion frees physical extents
|
|||||||
mirror legs) and you specify one or more PhysicalVolumes,
|
mirror legs) and you specify one or more PhysicalVolumes,
|
||||||
the freed extents come first from the specified PhysicalVolumes.
|
the freed extents come first from the specified PhysicalVolumes.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
Exactly one of \-\-splitmirrors, \-\-mirrors, \-\-repair, \-\-snapshot
|
|
||||||
or \-\-merge arguments is required.
|
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
|
Exactly one of
|
||||||
|
.BR \-\-splitmirrors ", " \-\-mirrors ", " \-\-repair ", " \-\-snapshot
|
||||||
|
or \fB\-\-merge\fP arguments is required.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-m, \-\-mirrors Mirrors
|
.BR \-m ", " \-\-mirrors " " \fIMirrors
|
||||||
Specifies the degree of the mirror you wish to create.
|
Specifies the degree of the mirror you wish to create.
|
||||||
For example, "-m 1" would convert the original logical
|
For example, "\fB-m 1\fP" would convert the original logical
|
||||||
volume to a mirror volume with 2-sides; that is, a
|
volume to a mirror volume with 2-sides; that is, a
|
||||||
linear volume plus one copy.
|
linear volume plus one copy.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-mirrorlog {disk|core|mirrored}
|
.IR \fB\-\-mirrorlog " {" disk | core | mirrored }
|
||||||
Specifies the type of log to use.
|
Specifies the type of log to use.
|
||||||
The default is disk, which is persistent and requires
|
The default is disk, which is persistent and requires
|
||||||
a small amount of storage space, usually on a separate device
|
a small amount of storage space, usually on a separate device
|
||||||
@ -97,76 +110,69 @@ regenerated by copying the data from the first device again every
|
|||||||
time the device is activated - perhaps, for example, after every reboot.
|
time the device is activated - perhaps, for example, after every reboot.
|
||||||
Using "mirrored" will create a persistent log that is itself mirrored.
|
Using "mirrored" will create a persistent log that is itself mirrored.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-corelog
|
.B \-\-corelog
|
||||||
The optional argument "--corelog" is the same as specifying "--mirrorlog core".
|
The optional argument \fB--corelog\fP is the same as specifying
|
||||||
|
\fB--mirrorlog core\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-R, \-\-regionsize MirrorLogRegionSize
|
.BR \-R ", " \-\-regionsize " " \fIMirrorLogRegionSize
|
||||||
A mirror is divided into regions of this size (in MB), and the mirror log
|
A mirror is divided into regions of this size (in MB), and the mirror log
|
||||||
uses this granularity to track which regions are in sync.
|
uses this granularity to track which regions are in sync.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-type SegmentType
|
.B \-\-type \fISegmentType
|
||||||
Used to convert a logical volume to another segment type or to explicitly state
|
Used to convert a logical volume to another segment type or to explicitly state
|
||||||
the desired RAID1 segment type ("mirror" or "raid1") when converting a linear
|
the desired RAID1 segment type (\fImirror\fP or \fIraid1\fP) when converting
|
||||||
logical volume to a mirror with the '-m' argument.
|
a linear logical volume to a mirror with the \fB-m\fP argument.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-b, \-\-background
|
.BR \-b ", " \-\-background
|
||||||
Run the daemon in the background.
|
Run the daemon in the background.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-i, \-\-interval Seconds
|
.BR \-i ", " \-\-interval " " \fISeconds
|
||||||
Report progress as a percentage at regular intervals.
|
Report progress as a percentage at regular intervals.
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-noudevsync
|
.B \-\-noudevsync
|
||||||
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
||||||
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
||||||
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
||||||
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
||||||
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-splitmirrors Images
|
.B \-\-splitmirrors \fIImages
|
||||||
The number of redundant Images of a mirror to be split off and used
|
The number of redundant Images of a mirror to be split off and used
|
||||||
to form a new logical volume. A name must be supplied for the
|
to form a new logical volume. A name must be supplied for the
|
||||||
newly-split-off logical volume using the \-\-name argument, unless
|
newly-split-off logical volume using the \fB\-\-name\fP argument, unless
|
||||||
the \-\-trackchanges argument is given.
|
the \fB\-\-trackchanges\fP argument is given.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-n Name
|
.B \-n \fIName
|
||||||
The name to apply to a logical volume which has been split off from
|
The name to apply to a logical volume which has been split off from
|
||||||
a mirror logical volume.
|
a mirror logical volume.
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-trackchanges
|
.B \-\-trackchanges
|
||||||
Used with \-\-splitmirrors on a raid1 device, this tracks changes so that the
|
Used with \fB\-\-splitmirrors\fP on a raid1 device, this tracks changes so
|
||||||
read-only detached image can be merged efficiently back into the mirror later.
|
that the read-only detached image can be merged efficiently back into
|
||||||
Only the regions of the detatched device where the data changed get resynchronized.
|
the mirror later. Only the regions of the detatched device where
|
||||||
|
the data changed get resynchronized.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Please note that this feature is only supported with the new md-based mirror
|
Please note that this feature is only supported with the new md-based mirror
|
||||||
implementation and not with the original device-mapper mirror implementation.
|
implementation and not with the original device-mapper mirror implementation.
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-s, \-\-snapshot
|
.B \-s, \-\-snapshot
|
||||||
Create a snapshot from existing logical volume using another
|
Create a snapshot from existing logical volume using another
|
||||||
existing logical volume as its origin.
|
existing logical volume as its origin.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-c, \-\-chunksize ChunkSize
|
.BR \-c ", " \-\-chunksize " " \fIChunkSize
|
||||||
Power of 2 chunk size for the snapshot logical volume between 4k and 512k.
|
Power of 2 chunk size for the snapshot logical volume between 4KiB and 512KiB.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-Z, \-\-zero y|n
|
.BR \-Z ", " \-\-zero " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Controls zeroing of the first KB of data in the snapshot.
|
Controls zeroing of the first KB of data in the snapshot.
|
||||||
If the volume is read-only the snapshot will not be zeroed.
|
If the volume is read-only the snapshot will not be zeroed.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-merge
|
.B \-\-merge
|
||||||
Merges a snapshot into its origin volume or merges a raid1 image that has
|
Merges a snapshot into its origin volume or merges a raid1 image that has
|
||||||
been split from its mirror with \-\-trackchanges back into its mirror.
|
been split from its mirror with \fB\-\-trackchanges\fP back into its mirror.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To check if your kernel supports the snapshot merge feature, look
|
To check if your kernel supports the snapshot merge feature, look
|
||||||
for 'snapshot-merge' in the output
|
for 'snapshot-merge' in the output
|
||||||
of 'dmsetup targets'. If both the origin and snapshot volume are not
|
of \fBdmsetup targets\fP. If both the origin and snapshot volume are not
|
||||||
open the merge will start immediately. Otherwise, the merge will start
|
open the merge will start immediately. Otherwise, the merge will start
|
||||||
the first time either the origin or snapshot are activated and both are closed.
|
the first time either the origin or snapshot are activated and both are closed.
|
||||||
Merging a snapshot into an origin that cannot be closed, for example a root
|
Merging a snapshot into an origin that cannot be closed, for example a root
|
||||||
@ -177,122 +183,107 @@ origin appear as they were directed to the snapshot being merged. When the
|
|||||||
merge finishes, the merged snapshot is removed. Multiple snapshots may
|
merge finishes, the merged snapshot is removed. Multiple snapshots may
|
||||||
be specified on the commandline or a @tag may be used to specify
|
be specified on the commandline or a @tag may be used to specify
|
||||||
multiple snapshots be merged to their respective origin.
|
multiple snapshots be merged to their respective origin.
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-repair
|
.B \-\-repair
|
||||||
Repair a mirror after suffering a disk failure. The mirror will be brought back
|
Repair a mirror after suffering a disk failure. The mirror will be brought back
|
||||||
into a consistent state. By default, the original number of mirrors will be
|
into a consistent state. By default, the original number of mirrors will be
|
||||||
restored if possible. Specify \-y on the command line to skip the prompts.
|
restored if possible. Specify \fB\-y\fP on the command line to skip
|
||||||
Use \-f if you do not want any replacement. Additionally, you may use
|
the prompts. Use \fB\-f\fP if you do not want any replacement.
|
||||||
\-\-use-policies to use the device replacement policy specified in lvm.conf,
|
Additionally, you may use \fB\-\-use-policies\fP to use the device
|
||||||
|
replacement policy specified in \fBlvm.conf\fP(5),
|
||||||
viz. activation/mirror_log_fault_policy or
|
viz. activation/mirror_log_fault_policy or
|
||||||
activation/mirror_device_fault_policy.
|
activation/mirror_device_fault_policy.
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-replace PhysicalVolume
|
.B \-\-replace \fIPhysicalVolume
|
||||||
Remove the specified device (PhysicalVolume) and replace it with one that is
|
Remove the specified device (\fIPhysicalVolume\fP) and replace it with one
|
||||||
available in the volume group or from the specific list provided. This option
|
that is available in the volume group or from the specific list provided.
|
||||||
is only available to RAID segment types (e.g. "raid1", "raid5", etc).
|
This option is only available to RAID segment types
|
||||||
.br
|
(e.g. "raid1", "raid5", etc).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH Examples
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
"lvconvert -m1 vg00/lvol1"
|
Converts the linear logical volume "vg00/lvol1" to a two-way mirror
|
||||||
.br
|
logical volume:
|
||||||
converts the linear logical volume "vg00/lvol1" to
|
.sp
|
||||||
a two-way mirror logical volume.
|
.B lvconvert \-m1 vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
.SH Examples
|
|
||||||
"lvconvert --type raid1 -m1 vg00/lvol1"
|
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
converts the linear logical volume "vg00/lvol1" to a two-way RAID1
|
|
||||||
logical volume.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"lvconvert --mirrorlog core vg00/lvol1"
|
Converts the linear logical volume "vg00/lvol1" to a two-way RAID1
|
||||||
.br
|
logical volume:
|
||||||
converts a mirror with a disk log to a
|
.sp
|
||||||
mirror with an in-memory log.
|
.B lvconvert \-\-type raid1 \-m1 vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"lvconvert --mirrorlog disk vg00/lvol1"
|
Converts a mirror with a disk log to a mirror with an in-memory log:
|
||||||
.br
|
.sp
|
||||||
converts a mirror with an in-memory log
|
.B lvconvert \-\-mirrorlog core vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
to a mirror with a disk log.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"lvconvert -m0 vg00/lvol1"
|
Converts a mirror with an in-memory log to a mirror with a disk log:
|
||||||
.br
|
.sp
|
||||||
converts a mirror logical volume to a linear logical
|
.B lvconvert \-\-mirrorlog disk vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
volume.
|
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
"lvconvert --type raid1 vg00/mirror_lv"
|
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
converts a mirror logical volume to a RAID1 logical volume with the same
|
|
||||||
number of images.
|
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
Converts a mirror logical volume to a linear logical volume:
|
||||||
"lvconvert -s vg00/lvol1 vg00/lvol2"
|
.sp
|
||||||
.br
|
.B lvconvert \-m0 vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
converts logical volume "vg00/lvol2" to snapshot of original volume "vg00/lvol1"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
Converts a mirror logical volume to a RAID1 logical volume with the same
|
||||||
"lvconvert -m1 vg00/lvol1 /dev/sda:0-15 /dev/sdb:0-15"
|
number of images:
|
||||||
.br
|
.sp
|
||||||
converts linear logical volume "vg00/lvol1" to a two-way mirror, using physical
|
.B lvconvert \-\-type raid1 vg00/mirror_lv
|
||||||
extents /dev/sda:0-15 and /dev/sdb:0-15 for allocation of new extents.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
Converts logical volume "vg00/lvol2" to snapshot of original volume
|
||||||
"lvconvert -m0 vg00/lvmirror1 /dev/sda"
|
"vg00/lvol1":
|
||||||
.br
|
.sp
|
||||||
converts mirror logical volume "vg00/lvmirror1" to linear, freeing physical
|
.B lvconvert \-s vg00/lvol1 vg00/lvol2
|
||||||
extents from /dev/sda.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
Converts linear logical volume "vg00/lvol1" to a two-way mirror,
|
||||||
"lvconvert --merge vg00/lvol1_snap"
|
using physical extents /dev/sda:0-15 and /dev/sdb:0-15 for allocation
|
||||||
.br
|
of new extents:
|
||||||
merges "vg00/lvol1_snap" into its origin.
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvconvert \-m1 vg00/lvol1 /dev/sda:0-15 /dev/sdb:0-15
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
Converts mirror logical volume "vg00/lvmirror1" to linear, freeing physical
|
||||||
"lvconvert --merge @some_tag"
|
extents from /dev/sda:
|
||||||
.br
|
.sp
|
||||||
If vg00/lvol1, vg00/lvol2, and vg00/lvol3 are all tagged with "some_tag"
|
.B lvconvert \-m0 vg00/lvmirror1 /dev/sda
|
||||||
each snapshot logical volume will be merged serially, e.g.: vg00/lvol1,
|
|
||||||
then vg00/lvol2, then vg00/lvol3. If --background were used it would start
|
Merges "vg00/lvol1_snap" into its origin:
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvconvert \-\-merge vg00/lvol1_snap
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If "vg00/lvol1", "vg00/lvol2" and "vg00/lvol3" are all tagged with "some_tag"
|
||||||
|
each snapshot logical volume will be merged serially,
|
||||||
|
e.g.: "vg00/lvol1", then "vg00/lvol2", then "vg00/lvol3".
|
||||||
|
If \-\-background were used it would start
|
||||||
all snapshot logical volume merges in parallel.
|
all snapshot logical volume merges in parallel.
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvconvert \-\-merge @some_tag
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
Extracts one image from the mirror, making it a new logical volume named
|
||||||
"lvconvert --splitmirrors 1 --name lv_split vg00/lvmirror1"
|
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
Extract one image from the mirror, making it a new logical volume named
|
|
||||||
"lv_split". The mirror the image is extracted from is reduced accordingly.
|
"lv_split". The mirror the image is extracted from is reduced accordingly.
|
||||||
If it was a 2-way mirror (created with '-m 1'), then the resulting original
|
If it was a 2-way mirror (created with '-m 1'), then the resulting original
|
||||||
volume will be linear.
|
volume will be linear.
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvconvert \-\-splitmirrors 1 \-\-name lv_split vg00/lvmirror1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
A mirrored logical volume created with \-\-type raid1 can use the
|
||||||
"lvconvert --splitmirrors 1 --trackchanges vg00/lv_raid1"
|
\-\-trackchanges argument when splitting off an image.
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
A mirrored logical volume created with --type raid1 can use the '\-\-trackchanges' argument when splitting
|
|
||||||
off an image.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Detach one image from the mirrored logical volume lv_raid1 as a separate
|
Detach one image from the mirrored logical volume lv_raid1 as a separate
|
||||||
read-only device and track the changes made to the mirror while it is detached.
|
read-only device and track the changes made to the mirror while it is detached.
|
||||||
The split-off device has a name of the form lv_raid1_rimage_N, where N is
|
The split-off device has a name of the form lv_raid1_rimage_N, where N is
|
||||||
a number, and it cannot be renamed.
|
a number, and it cannot be renamed.
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvconvert \-\-splitmirrors 1 \-\-trackchanges vg00/lv_raid1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
Merge an image that was detached temporarily from its mirror with
|
||||||
"lvconvert --merge vg00/lv_raid1_rimage_1"
|
the \-\-trackchanges argument back into its original mirror and
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
Merge an image that was detached temporarily from its mirror with
|
|
||||||
the '\-\-trackchanges' argument back into its original mirror and
|
|
||||||
bring its contents back up-to-date.
|
bring its contents back up-to-date.
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvconvert \-\-merge vg00/lv_raid1_rimage_1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
Replaces the physical volume "/dev/sdb1" in the RAID1 logical volume "my_raid1"
|
||||||
"lvconvert --replace /dev/sdb1 vg00/my_raid1 /dev/sdf1"
|
|
||||||
.br
|
|
||||||
Replace the physical volume "/dev/sdb1" in the RAID1 logical volume "my_raid1"
|
|
||||||
with the specified physical volume "/dev/sdf1". Had the argument "/dev/sdf1"
|
with the specified physical volume "/dev/sdf1". Had the argument "/dev/sdf1"
|
||||||
been left out, lvconvert would attempt to find a suitable device from those
|
been left out, lvconvert would attempt to find a suitable device from those
|
||||||
available in the volume group.
|
available in the volume group.
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvconvert \-\-replace /dev/sdb1 vg00/my_raid1 /dev/sdf1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ lvcreate \- create a logical volume in an existing volume group
|
|||||||
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
||||||
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-a | \-\-available
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-available
|
||||||
.RI { y | n | ey | en | ly | ln }]
|
.RI [ e | l ]{ y | n }]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
.RI { y | n }]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-C | \-\-contiguous
|
.RB [ \-C | \-\-contiguous
|
||||||
@ -87,20 +87,20 @@ lvcreate \- create a logical volume in an existing volume group
|
|||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
lvcreate creates a new logical volume in a volume group ( see
|
lvcreate creates a new logical volume in a volume group (see
|
||||||
.BR vgcreate "(8), " vgchange (8)
|
.BR vgcreate "(8), " vgchange (8))
|
||||||
) by allocating logical extents from the free physical extent pool
|
by allocating logical extents from the free physical extent pool
|
||||||
of that volume group. If there are not enough free physical extents then
|
of that volume group. If there are not enough free physical extents then
|
||||||
the volume group can be extended ( see
|
the volume group can be extended (see
|
||||||
.BR vgextend (8)
|
.BR vgextend (8))
|
||||||
) with other physical volumes or by reducing existing logical volumes
|
with other physical volumes or by reducing existing logical volumes
|
||||||
of this volume group in size ( see
|
of this volume group in size (see
|
||||||
.BR lvreduce (8)
|
.BR lvreduce (8)).
|
||||||
). If you specify one or more PhysicalVolumes, allocation of physical
|
If you specify one or more PhysicalVolumes, allocation of physical
|
||||||
extents will be restricted to these volumes.
|
extents will be restricted to these volumes.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
The second form supports the creation of snapshot logical volumes which
|
The second form supports the creation of snapshot logical volumes which
|
||||||
keep the contents of the original logical volume for backup purposes.
|
keep the contents of the original logical volume for backup purposes.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See
|
See
|
||||||
@ -108,16 +108,16 @@ See
|
|||||||
for common options.
|
for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.IR \fB\-a ", " \fB\-\-available " {" y | n | ey | en | ly | ln }
|
.IR \fB\-a ", " \fB\-\-available " {" y | n | ey | en | ly | ln }
|
||||||
Controls the availability of the Logical Volumes for immediate use after
|
Controls the availability of the Logical Volumes for immediate use after
|
||||||
the command finishes running.
|
the command finishes running.
|
||||||
By default, new Logical Volumes are activated automatically (\fB-a\fIy\fR).
|
By default, new Logical Volumes are activated automatically (\fB-a\fIy\fR).
|
||||||
If it is possible technically, \fB-a\fIn\fR will leave the new Logical Volume inactive.
|
If it is possible technically, \fB-a\fIn\fR will leave the new Logical
|
||||||
But for example, snapshots can only be created
|
Volume inactive. But for example, snapshots can only be created
|
||||||
in the active state so \fB-a\fIn\fR cannot be used with --snapshot.
|
in the active state so \fB\-a\fIn\fR cannot be used with \fB\-\-snapshot\fP.
|
||||||
Normally the --zero n argument has to be supplied too because zeroing (the
|
Normally the \fB\-\-zero n\fP argument has to be supplied too because
|
||||||
default behaviour) also requires activation.
|
zeroing (the default behaviour) also requires activation.
|
||||||
If clustered locking is enabled, \fB-a\fIey\fR will activate exclusively
|
If clustered locking is enabled, \fB\-a\fIey\fR will activate exclusively
|
||||||
on one node and \fB-a\fIly\fR will activate only on the local node.
|
on one node and \fB\-a\fIly\fR will activate only on the local node.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-c ", " \-\-chunksize " " \fIChunkSize
|
.BR \-c ", " \-\-chunksize " " \fIChunkSize
|
||||||
Gives the size of chunk for snapshot and thin pool logical volumes.
|
Gives the size of chunk for snapshot and thin pool logical volumes.
|
||||||
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ For snapshots the value must be power of 2 between 4KiB and 512KiB
|
|||||||
and the default value is 4.
|
and the default value is 4.
|
||||||
For thin pools the value must be power of 2 between 64KiB and
|
For thin pools the value must be power of 2 between 64KiB and
|
||||||
1048576KiB and the default value starts with 64 and scales
|
1048576KiB and the default value starts with 64 and scales
|
||||||
up to fit the pool metadata size within 128MB,
|
up to fit the pool metadata size within 128MB,
|
||||||
if the poolmetadata size is not specified.
|
if the poolmetadata size is not specified.
|
||||||
Default unit is in kilobytes.
|
Default unit is in kilobytes.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
@ -208,9 +208,9 @@ or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
|||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-monitor " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
.BR \-\-monitor " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Start or avoid monitoring a mirrored or snapshot logical volume with
|
Start or avoid monitoring a mirrored or snapshot logical volume with
|
||||||
dmeventd, if it is installed.
|
dmeventd, if it is installed.
|
||||||
If a device used by a monitored mirror reports an I/O error,
|
If a device used by a monitored mirror reports an I/O error,
|
||||||
the failure is handled according to
|
the failure is handled according to
|
||||||
\fBmirror_image_fault_policy\fP and \fBmirror_log_fault_policy\fP
|
\fBmirror_image_fault_policy\fP and \fBmirror_log_fault_policy\fP
|
||||||
set in \fBlvm.conf\fP.
|
set in \fBlvm.conf\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
@ -228,7 +228,6 @@ Set the size of thin pool's metadata logical volume.
|
|||||||
Supported value is in range between 2MiB and 16GiB.
|
Supported value is in range between 2MiB and 16GiB.
|
||||||
Default value is (Pool_LV_size / Pool_LV_chunk_size * 64b).
|
Default value is (Pool_LV_size / Pool_LV_chunk_size * 64b).
|
||||||
Default unit is megabytes.
|
Default unit is megabytes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.IR \fB\-r ", " \fB\-\-readahead " {" ReadAheadSectors | auto | none }
|
.IR \fB\-r ", " \fB\-\-readahead " {" ReadAheadSectors | auto | none }
|
||||||
Set read ahead sector count of this logical volume.
|
Set read ahead sector count of this logical volume.
|
||||||
@ -239,11 +238,10 @@ a suitable value automatically.
|
|||||||
"None" is equivalent to specifying zero.
|
"None" is equivalent to specifying zero.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-R ", " \-\-regionsize " " \fIMirrorLogRegionSize
|
.BR \-R ", " \-\-regionsize " " \fIMirrorLogRegionSize
|
||||||
A mirror is divided into regions of this size (in MB), and the mirror log
|
A mirror is divided into regions of this size (in MB), and the mirror log
|
||||||
uses this granularity to track which regions are in sync.
|
uses this granularity to track which regions are in sync.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.IR \fB\-s ", " \fB\-\-snapshot " " OriginalLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
.IR \fB\-s ", " \fB\-\-snapshot " " OriginalLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Create a snapshot logical volume (or snapshot) for an existing, so called
|
Create a snapshot logical volume (or snapshot) for an existing, so called
|
||||||
original logical volume (or origin).
|
original logical volume (or origin).
|
||||||
Snapshots provide a 'frozen image' of the contents of the origin
|
Snapshots provide a 'frozen image' of the contents of the origin
|
||||||
@ -269,10 +267,10 @@ of space.
|
|||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.IR \fB\-T ", " \fB\-\-thin ", " \fB\-\-thinpool " " ThinPoolLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
.IR \fB\-T ", " \fB\-\-thin ", " \fB\-\-thinpool " " ThinPoolLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
||||||
Creates thin pool or thin logical volume or both.
|
Creates thin pool or thin logical volume or both.
|
||||||
Specifying the optional argument --size will cause the creation of
|
Specifying the optional argument \fB\-\-size\fP will cause the creation of
|
||||||
the thin pool logical volume.
|
the thin pool logical volume.
|
||||||
Specifying the optional argument --virtualsize will cause the creation of
|
Specifying the optional argument \fB\-\-virtualsize\fP will cause
|
||||||
the thin logical volume from given thin pool volume.
|
the creation of the thin logical volume from given thin pool volume.
|
||||||
Specifying both arguments will cause the creation of both
|
Specifying both arguments will cause the creation of both
|
||||||
thin pool and thin volume using this pool.
|
thin pool and thin volume using this pool.
|
||||||
Requires device mapper kernel driver for thin provisioning
|
Requires device mapper kernel driver for thin provisioning
|
||||||
@ -282,12 +280,14 @@ from kernel 3.2 or newer.
|
|||||||
Create a logical volume that uses the specified segment type
|
Create a logical volume that uses the specified segment type
|
||||||
(e.g. "raid5", "mirror", "snapshot", "thin", "thin-pool").
|
(e.g. "raid5", "mirror", "snapshot", "thin", "thin-pool").
|
||||||
Many segment types have a
|
Many segment types have a
|
||||||
commandline switch alias that will enable their use (-s is an alias for
|
commandline switch alias that will enable their use
|
||||||
--type snapshot). However, this argument must be used when no existing
|
(\fB\-s\fP is an alias for \fB\-\-type snapshot\fP).
|
||||||
commandline switch alias is available for the desired type, as is the case
|
However, this argument must be used when no existing
|
||||||
with "error", "zero", "raid1", "raid4", "raid5", or "raid6".
|
commandline switch alias is available for the desired type,
|
||||||
|
as is the case with
|
||||||
|
.IR error ", " zero ", " raid1 ", " raid4 ", " raid5 " or " raid6 .
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.IR \fB\-V ", " \fB\-\-virtualsize " " VirtualSize [ bBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
.BR \-V ", " \-\-virtualsize " " \fIVirtualSize [ \fIbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
Create a sparse device of the given size (in MB by default) using a snapshot
|
Create a sparse device of the given size (in MB by default) using a snapshot
|
||||||
or thinly provisioned device when thin pool is specified.
|
or thinly provisioned device when thin pool is specified.
|
||||||
Anything written to the device will be returned when reading from it.
|
Anything written to the device will be returned when reading from it.
|
||||||
@ -309,59 +309,60 @@ Snapshot volumes are zeroed always.
|
|||||||
Warning: trying to mount an unzeroed logical volume can cause the system to
|
Warning: trying to mount an unzeroed logical volume can cause the system to
|
||||||
hang.
|
hang.
|
||||||
.SH Examples
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
Creates a striped logical volume with 3 stripes, a stripesize of 8KB
|
Creates a striped logical volume with 3 stripes, a stripesize of 8KB
|
||||||
and a size of 100MB in the volume group named vg00.
|
and a size of 100MB in the volume group named vg00.
|
||||||
The logical volume name will be chosen by lvcreate:
|
The logical volume name will be chosen by lvcreate:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvcreate -i 3 -I 8 -L 100M vg00
|
.B lvcreate \-i 3 \-I 8 \-L 100M vg00
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Creates a mirror logical volume with 2 sides with a useable size of 500 MiB.
|
Creates a mirror logical volume with 2 sides with a useable size of 500 MiB.
|
||||||
This operation would require 3 devices (or option --alloc anywhere) - two
|
This operation would require 3 devices (or option --alloc anywhere) - two
|
||||||
for the mirror devices and one for the disk log.
|
for the mirror devices and one for the disk log:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvcreate -m1 -L 500M vg00
|
.B lvcreate \-m1 \-L 500M vg00
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Creates a mirror logical volume with 2 sides with a useable size of 500 MiB.
|
Creates a mirror logical volume with 2 sides with a useable size of 500 MiB.
|
||||||
This operation would require 2 devices - the log is "in-memory".
|
This operation would require 2 devices - the log is "in-memory":
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvcreate -m1 --mirrorlog core -L 500M vg00
|
.B lvcreate \-m1 \-\-mirrorlog core \-L 500M vg00
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Creates a snapshot logical volume named /dev/vg00/snap which has access to the
|
Creates a snapshot logical volume named /dev/vg00/snap which has access to the
|
||||||
contents of the original logical volume named /dev/vg00/lvol1
|
contents of the original logical volume named /dev/vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
at snapshot logical volume creation time. If the original logical volume
|
at snapshot logical volume creation time. If the original logical volume
|
||||||
contains a file system, you can mount the snapshot logical volume on an
|
contains a file system, you can mount the snapshot logical volume on an
|
||||||
arbitrary directory in order to access the contents of the filesystem to run
|
arbitrary directory in order to access the contents of the filesystem to run
|
||||||
a backup while the original filesystem continues to get updated.
|
a backup while the original filesystem continues to get updated:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvcreate --size 100m --snapshot --name snap /dev/vg00/lvol1
|
.B lvcreate \-\-size 100m \-\-snapshot \-\-name snap /dev/vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Creates a sparse device named /dev/vg1/sparse of size 1TB with space for just
|
Creates a sparse device named /dev/vg1/sparse of size 1TiB with space for just
|
||||||
under 100MB of actual data on it.
|
under 100MiB of actual data on it:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvcreate --virtualsize 1T --size 100M --snapshot --name sparse vg1
|
.B lvcreate \-\-virtualsize 1T \-\-size 100M \-\-snapshot \-\-name sparse vg1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Creates a linear logical volume "vg00/lvol1" using physical extents
|
Creates a linear logical volume "vg00/lvol1" using physical extents
|
||||||
/dev/sda:0-7 and /dev/sdb:0-7 for allocation of extents.
|
/dev/sda:0-7 and /dev/sdb:0-7 for allocation of extents:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvcreate -L 64M -n lvol1 vg00 /dev/sda:0-7 /dev/sdb:0-7
|
.B lvcreate \-L 64M -n lvol1 vg00 /dev/sda:0\-7 /dev/sdb:0\-7
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Creates a 5GiB RAID5 logical volume "vg00/my_lv", with 3 stripes (plus
|
Creates a 5GiB RAID5 logical volume "vg00/my_lv", with 3 stripes (plus
|
||||||
a parity drive for a total of 4 devices) and a stripesize of 64kiB.
|
a parity drive for a total of 4 devices) and a stripesize of 64KiB:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvcreate --type raid5 -L 5G -i 3 -I 64 -n my_lv vg00
|
.B lvcreate \-\-type raid5 \-L 5G \-i 3 \-I 64 \-n my_lv vg00
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Creates 100MiB pool logical volume for thin provisioning
|
Creates 100MiB pool logical volume for thin provisioning
|
||||||
build with 2 stripes 64KiB and chunk size 128KiB together with
|
build with 2 stripes 64KiB and chunk size 128KiB together with
|
||||||
1TiB thin provisioned logical volume "vg00/thin_lv".
|
1TiB thin provisioned logical volume "vg00/thin_lv":
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvcreate -i 2 -I 64 -c 256 -L100M -T vg00/pool -V 1T --name thin_lv
|
.B lvcreate \-i 2 \-I 64 \-c 256 \-L100M \-T vg00/pool \-V 1T \-\-name thin_lv
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvremove (8),
|
.BR lvchange (8),
|
||||||
|
.BR lvremove (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvrename (8)
|
.BR lvrename (8)
|
||||||
.BR lvextend (8),
|
.BR lvextend (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvreduce (8),
|
.BR lvreduce (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvdisplay (8),
|
.BR lvdisplay (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvscan (8)
|
.BR lvscan (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -3,57 +3,70 @@
|
|||||||
lvdisplay \- display attributes of a logical volume
|
lvdisplay \- display attributes of a logical volume
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B lvdisplay
|
.B lvdisplay
|
||||||
[\-a|\-\-all]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-all ]
|
||||||
[\-c|\-\-colon] [\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-c | \-\-colon ]
|
||||||
[\-\-ignorelockingfailure]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-\-maps]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-\-nosuffix]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
[\-P|\-\-partial]
|
.RB [ \-\-maps ]
|
||||||
[\-\-units hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE]
|
.RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
[\-\-version] [LogicalVolumePath [LogicalVolumePath...]]
|
.RB [ \-\-units
|
||||||
|
.IR hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ LogicalVolumePath
|
||||||
|
.RI [ LogicalVolumePath ...]]
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
.B lvdisplay
|
||||||
.B lvdisplay \-\-columns | \-C
|
.BR \-\-columns | \-C
|
||||||
[\-\-aligned]
|
.RB [ \-\-aligned ]
|
||||||
[\-a|\-\-all]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-all ]
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-\-ignorelockingfailure]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-\-noheadings]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
[\-\-nosuffix]
|
.RB [ \-\-noheadings ]
|
||||||
[\-o|\-\-options [+]Field[,Field]]
|
.RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
||||||
[\-O|\-\-sort [+|-]Key1[,[+|-]Key2[,...]]]
|
.RB [ \-o | \-\-options
|
||||||
[\-P|\-\-partial]
|
.RI [ + ] Field [ ,Field ...]]
|
||||||
[\-\-segments]
|
.RB [ \-O | \-\-sort
|
||||||
[\-\-separator Separator]
|
.RI [ + | - ] Key1 [ , [ + | - ] Key2 ...]]
|
||||||
[\-\-unbuffered]
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
[\-\-units hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE]
|
.RB [ \-\-segments ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-\-separator
|
||||||
[\-\-version] [LogicalVolumePath [LogicalVolumePath...]]
|
.IR Separator ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-unbuffered ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-units
|
||||||
|
.IR hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ LogicalVolumePath
|
||||||
|
.RI [ LogicalVolumePath ...]]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
lvdisplay allows you to see the attributes of a logical volume
|
lvdisplay allows you to see the attributes of a logical volume
|
||||||
like size, read/write status, snapshot information etc.
|
like size, read/write status, snapshot information etc.
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
\fBlvs\fP (8) is an alternative that provides the same information
|
\fBlvs\fP(8) is an alternative that provides the same information
|
||||||
in the style of \fBps\fP (1). \fBlvs\fP is recommended over
|
in the style of \fBps\fP(1).
|
||||||
\fBlvdisplay\fP.
|
\fBlvs\fP(8) is recommended over \fBlvdisplay\fP.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options and \fBlvs\fP for options given with
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options and \fBlvs\fP for options given with
|
||||||
\fB\-\-columns\fP.
|
\fB\-\-columns\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-all
|
.B \-\-all
|
||||||
Include information in the output about internal Logical Volumes that
|
Include information in the output about internal Logical Volumes that
|
||||||
are components of normally-accessible Logical Volumes, such as mirrors,
|
are components of normally-accessible Logical Volumes, such as mirrors,
|
||||||
but which are not independently accessible (e.g. not mountable).
|
but which are not independently accessible (e.g. not mountable).
|
||||||
For example, after creating a mirror using 'lvcreate -m1 --mirrorlog disk',
|
For example, after creating a mirror using
|
||||||
|
\fBlvcreate \-m1 \-\-mirrorlog disk\fP,
|
||||||
this option will reveal three internal Logical Volumes, with suffixes
|
this option will reveal three internal Logical Volumes, with suffixes
|
||||||
mimage_0, mimage_1, and mlog.
|
mimage_0, mimage_1, and mlog.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-c, \-\-colon
|
.BR \-c ", " \-\-colon
|
||||||
Generate colon separated output for easier parsing in scripts or programs.
|
Generate colon separated output for easier parsing in scripts or programs.
|
||||||
N.B. \fBlvs\fP (8) provides considerably more control over the output.
|
N.B. \fBlvs\fP(8) provides considerably more control over the output.
|
||||||
.nf
|
.nf
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The values are:
|
The values are:
|
||||||
@ -74,29 +87,30 @@ The values are:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
.fi
|
.fi
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-m, \-\-maps
|
.BR \-m ", " \-\-maps
|
||||||
Display the mapping of logical extents to physical volumes and
|
Display the mapping of logical extents to physical volumes and
|
||||||
physical extents. To map physical extents
|
physical extents. To map physical extents
|
||||||
to logical extents use
|
to logical extents use:
|
||||||
.BR
|
.B pvs \-\-segments \-o+lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype
|
||||||
\fBpvs --segments -o+lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype\fP.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-columns | \-C
|
.BR \-\-columns ", " \-C
|
||||||
Display output in columns, the equivalent of \fBlvs\fP. Options listed
|
Display output in columns, the equivalent of \fBlvs\fP. Options listed
|
||||||
are the same as options given in \fBlvs (8)\fP.
|
are the same as options given in \fBlvs\fP(8).
|
||||||
.SH Examples
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
"lvdisplay -v /dev/vg00/lvol2" shows attributes of that logical volume.
|
Shows attributes of that logical volume. If snapshot
|
||||||
If snapshot
|
|
||||||
logical volumes have been created for this original logical volume,
|
logical volumes have been created for this original logical volume,
|
||||||
this command shows a list of all snapshot logical volumes and their
|
this command shows a list of all snapshot logical volumes and their
|
||||||
status (active or inactive) as well.
|
status (active or inactive) as well:
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvdisplay \-v /dev/vg00/lvol2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"lvdisplay /dev/vg00/snapshot" shows the attributes of this snapshot
|
Shows the attributes of this snapshot logical volume and also which
|
||||||
logical volume and also which original logical volume
|
original logical volume it is associated with:
|
||||||
it is associated with.
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvdisplay /dev/vg00/snapshot
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvscan (8),
|
.BR lvscan (8),
|
||||||
.BR pvs (8)
|
.BR pvs (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -3,100 +3,114 @@
|
|||||||
lvextend \- extend the size of a logical volume
|
lvextend \- extend the size of a logical volume
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B lvextend
|
.B lvextend
|
||||||
[\-\-alloc AllocationPolicy]
|
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
||||||
[\-A|\-\-autobackup y|n] [\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
||||||
[\-\-noudevsync]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
[\-i|\-\-stripes Stripes [\-I|\-\-stripesize StripeSize]]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
{\-l|\-\-extents [+]LogicalExtentsNumber[%{VG|LV|PVS|FREE|ORIGIN}] |
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
\-L|\-\-size [+]LogicalVolumeSize[bBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE]}
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-f|\-\-force]
|
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync]
|
||||||
[\-n|\-\-nofsck]
|
.RB [ \-i | \-\-stripes
|
||||||
[\-r|\-\-resizefs]
|
.I Stripes
|
||||||
[\-t|\-\-test]
|
.RB [ \-I | \-\-stripesize
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose] LogicalVolumePath [PhysicalVolumePath[:PE[-PE]]...]
|
.IR StripeSize ]]
|
||||||
|
.RB { \-l | \-\-extents
|
||||||
|
.RI [ + ] LogicalExtentsNumber [ % { VG | LV | PVS | FREE | ORIGIN }]
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
.BR \-L | \-\-size
|
||||||
|
.RI [ + ] LogicalVolumeSize [ bBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]}
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-n | \-\-nofsck ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-r | \-\-resizefs ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.I LogicalVolumePath
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolumePath [ :PE [ -PE ]]...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
lvextend allows you to extend the size of a logical volume.
|
lvextend allows you to extend the size of a logical volume.
|
||||||
Extension of snapshot logical volumes (see
|
Extension of snapshot logical volumes (see
|
||||||
.B lvcreate(8)
|
.BR lvcreate (8)
|
||||||
for information to create snapshots) is supported as well.
|
for information to create snapshots) is supported as well.
|
||||||
But to change the number of copies in a mirrored logical
|
But to change the number of copies in a mirrored logical
|
||||||
volume use
|
volume use
|
||||||
.BR lvconvert (8).
|
.BR lvconvert (8).
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-noudevsync
|
.B \-\-noudevsync
|
||||||
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
||||||
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
||||||
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
||||||
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
||||||
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-l, \-\-extents [+]LogicalExtentsNumber[%{VG|LV|PVS|FREE|ORIGIN}]
|
.IR \fB\-l ", " \fB\-\-extents " [" + ] LogicalExtentsNumber [ % { VG | LV | PVS | FREE | ORIGIN }]
|
||||||
Extend or set the logical volume size in units of logical extents.
|
Extend or set the logical volume size in units of logical extents.
|
||||||
With the + sign the value is added to the actual size
|
With the '\fI+\fP' sign the value is added to the actual size
|
||||||
of the logical volume and without it, the value is taken as an absolute one.
|
of the logical volume and without it, the value is taken as an absolute one.
|
||||||
The number can also be expressed as a percentage of the total space
|
The number can also be expressed as a percentage of the total space
|
||||||
in the Volume Group with the suffix %VG, relative to the existing
|
in the Volume Group with the suffix \fI%VG\fP, relative to the existing
|
||||||
size of the Logical Volume with the suffix %LV, of the remaining
|
size of the Logical Volume with the suffix \fI%LV\fP, of the remaining
|
||||||
free space for the specified PhysicalVolume(s) with the suffix %PVS,
|
free space for the specified PhysicalVolume(s) with the suffix \fI%PVS\fP,
|
||||||
as a percentage of the remaining free space in the Volume Group
|
as a percentage of the remaining free space in the Volume Group
|
||||||
with the suffix %FREE, or (for a snapshot) as a percentage of the total
|
with the suffix \fI%FREE\fP, or (for a snapshot) as a percentage of the total
|
||||||
space in the Origin Logical Volume with the suffix %ORIGIN.
|
space in the Origin Logical Volume with the suffix \fI%ORIGIN\fP.
|
||||||
The resulting value is rounded upward.
|
The resulting value is rounded upward.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-L, \-\-size [+]LogicalVolumeSize[bBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE]
|
.IR \fB\-L ", " \fB\-\-size " [" + ] LogicalVolumeSize [ bBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
Extend or set the logical volume size in units of megabytes.
|
Extend or set the logical volume size in units of megabytes.
|
||||||
A size suffix of M for megabytes,
|
A size suffix of M for megabytes,
|
||||||
G for gigabytes, T for terabytes, P for petabytes
|
G for gigabytes, T for terabytes, P for petabytes
|
||||||
or E for exabytes is optional.
|
or E for exabytes is optional.
|
||||||
With the + sign the value is added to the actual size
|
With the + sign the value is added to the actual size
|
||||||
of the logical volume and without it, the value is taken as an absolute one.
|
of the logical volume and without it, the value is taken as an absolute one.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-i, \-\-stripes Stripes
|
.BR \-i ", " \-\-stripes " " \fIStripes
|
||||||
Gives the number of stripes for the extension.
|
Gives the number of stripes for the extension.
|
||||||
Not applicable to LVs using the original metadata LVM format, which must
|
Not applicable to LVs using the original metadata LVM format, which must
|
||||||
use a single value throughout.
|
use a single value throughout.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-I, \-\-stripesize StripeSize
|
.BR \-I ", " \-\-stripesize " " \fIStripeSize
|
||||||
Gives the number of kilobytes for the granularity of the stripes.
|
Gives the number of kilobytes for the granularity of the stripes.
|
||||||
Not applicable to LVs using the original metadata LVM format, which must
|
Not applicable to LVs using the original metadata LVM format, which must
|
||||||
use a single value throughout.
|
use a single value throughout.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
StripeSize must be 2^n (n = 2 to 9)
|
StripeSize must be 2^n (n = 2 to 9)
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-f, \-\-force
|
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
||||||
Proceed with size extension without prompting.
|
Proceed with size extension without prompting.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-n, \-\-nofsck
|
.BR \-n ", " \-\-nofsck
|
||||||
Do not perform fsck before extending filesystem when filesystem
|
Do not perform fsck before extending filesystem when filesystem
|
||||||
requires it. You may need to use \fB--force\fR to proceed with
|
requires it. You may need to use \fB\-\-force\fR to proceed with
|
||||||
this option.
|
this option.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-r, \-\-resizefs
|
.BR \-r ", " \-\-resizefs
|
||||||
Resize underlying filesystem together with the logical volume using
|
Resize underlying filesystem together with the logical volume using
|
||||||
\fBfsadm\fR(8).
|
\fBfsadm\fR(8).
|
||||||
.SH Examples
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
"lvextend -L +54 /dev/vg01/lvol10 /dev/sdk3" tries to extend the size of
|
Extends the size of the logical volume "vg01/lvol10" by 54MiB on physical
|
||||||
that logical volume by 54MB on physical volume /dev/sdk3.
|
volume /dev/sdk3. This is only possible if /dev/sdk3 is a member of
|
||||||
This is only possible if /dev/sdk3 is a member of volume group vg01 and
|
volume group vg01 and there are enough free physical extents in it:
|
||||||
there are enough free physical extents in it.
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvextend -L +54 /dev/vg01/lvol10 /dev/sdk3
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
"lvextend /dev/vg01/lvol01 /dev/sdk3" tries to extend the size of that
|
Extends the size of logical volume "vg01/lvol01" by the amount of free
|
||||||
logical volume by the amount of free space on physical volume /dev/sdk3.
|
space on physical volume /dev/sdk3. This is equivalent to specifying
|
||||||
This is equivalent to specifying "-l +100%PVS" on the command line.
|
"-l +100%PVS" on the command line:
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B lvextend /dev/vg01/lvol01 /dev/sdk3
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
Extends a logical volume "vg01/lvol01" by 16MiB using physical extents
|
||||||
"lvextend -L+16M vg01/lvol01 /dev/sda:8-9 /dev/sdb:8-9"
|
/dev/sda:8-9 and /dev/sdb:8-9 for allocation of extents:
|
||||||
.br
|
.sp
|
||||||
tries to extend a logical volume "vg01/lvol01" by 16MB using physical extents
|
.B lvextend -L+16M vg01/lvol01 /dev/sda:8-9 /dev/sdb:8-9
|
||||||
/dev/sda:8-9 and /dev/sdb:8-9 for allocation of extents.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR fsadm (8),
|
.BR fsadm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvconvert (8),
|
.BR lvconvert (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvreduce (8),
|
.BR lvreduce (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvresize (8),
|
.BR lvresize (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvchange (8)
|
.BR lvchange (8)
|
||||||
|
166
man/lvm.8.in
166
man/lvm.8.in
@ -5,18 +5,18 @@ lvm \- LVM2 tools
|
|||||||
.B lvm
|
.B lvm
|
||||||
[command | file]
|
[command | file]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
\fBlvm\fP provides the command-line tools for LVM2. A separate
|
lvm provides the command-line tools for LVM2. A separate
|
||||||
manual page describes each command in detail.
|
manual page describes each command in detail.
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
If \fBlvm\fP is invoked with no arguments it presents a readline prompt
|
If \fBlvm\fP is invoked with no arguments it presents a readline prompt
|
||||||
(assuming it was compiled with readline support).
|
(assuming it was compiled with readline support).
|
||||||
LVM commands may be entered interactively at this prompt with
|
LVM commands may be entered interactively at this prompt with
|
||||||
readline facilities including history and command name and option
|
readline facilities including history and command name and option
|
||||||
completion. Refer to \fBreadline\fP(3) for details.
|
completion. Refer to \fBreadline\fP(3) for details.
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
If \fBlvm\fP is invoked with argv[0] set to the name of a specific
|
If \fBlvm\fP is invoked with argv[0] set to the name of a specific
|
||||||
LVM command (for example by using a hard or soft link) it acts as
|
LVM command (for example by using a hard or soft link) it acts as
|
||||||
that command.
|
that command.
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
On invocation, \fBlvm\fP requires that only the standard file descriptors
|
On invocation, \fBlvm\fP requires that only the standard file descriptors
|
||||||
stdin, stdout and stderr are available. If others are found, they
|
stdin, stdout and stderr are available. If others are found, they
|
||||||
@ -24,16 +24,16 @@ get closed and messages are issued warning about the leak.
|
|||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
Where commands take VG or LV names as arguments, the full path name is
|
Where commands take VG or LV names as arguments, the full path name is
|
||||||
optional. An LV called "lvol0" in a VG called "vg0" can be specified
|
optional. An LV called "lvol0" in a VG called "vg0" can be specified
|
||||||
as "vg0/lvol0". Where a list of VGs is required but is left empty,
|
as "vg0/lvol0". Where a list of VGs is required but is left empty,
|
||||||
a list of all VGs will be substituted. Where a list of LVs is required
|
a list of all VGs will be substituted. Where a list of LVs is required
|
||||||
but a VG is given, a list of all the LVs in that VG will be substituted.
|
but a VG is given, a list of all the LVs in that VG will be substituted.
|
||||||
So "lvdisplay vg0" will display all the LVs in "vg0".
|
So \fBlvdisplay vg0\fP will display all the LVs in "vg0".
|
||||||
Tags can also be used - see \fBaddtag\fP below.
|
Tags can also be used - see \fB\-\-addtag\fP below.
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
One advantage of using the built-in shell is that configuration
|
One advantage of using the built-in shell is that configuration
|
||||||
information gets cached internally between commands.
|
information gets cached internally between commands.
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
A file containing a simple script with one command per line
|
A file containing a simple script with one command per line
|
||||||
can also be given on the command line. The script can also be
|
can also be given on the command line. The script can also be
|
||||||
executed directly if the first line is #! followed by the absolute
|
executed directly if the first line is #! followed by the absolute
|
||||||
path of \fBlvm\fP.
|
path of \fBlvm\fP.
|
||||||
@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ path of \fBlvm\fP.
|
|||||||
The following commands are built into lvm without links normally
|
The following commands are built into lvm without links normally
|
||||||
being created in the filesystem for them.
|
being created in the filesystem for them.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBdumpconfig\fP \(em Display the configuration information after
|
\fBdumpconfig\fP \(em Display the configuration information after
|
||||||
loading \fBlvm.conf\fP (5) and any other configuration files.
|
loading \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) and any other configuration files.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBformats\fP \(em Display recognised metadata formats.
|
\fBformats\fP \(em Display recognised metadata formats.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
@ -143,111 +143,119 @@ The following commands implement the core LVM functionality.
|
|||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
The following commands are not implemented in LVM2 but might be in the future: lvmsadc, lvmsar, pvdata.
|
The following commands are not implemented in LVM2 but might be in the future: lvmsadc, lvmsar, pvdata.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
The following options are available for many of the commands.
|
The following options are available for many of the commands.
|
||||||
They are implemented generically and documented here rather
|
They are implemented generically and documented here rather
|
||||||
than repeated on individual manual pages.
|
than repeated on individual manual pages.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB-h | --help\fP \(em Display the help text.
|
.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
|
||||||
|
Display the help text.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB--version\fP \(em Display version information.
|
.B \-\-version
|
||||||
|
Display version information.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB-v | --verbose\fP \(em Set verbose level.
|
.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose
|
||||||
Repeat from 1 to 3 times to increase the detail of messages
|
Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 3 times to increase the detail
|
||||||
sent to stdout and stderr. Overrides config file setting.
|
of messages sent to stdout and stderr. Overrides config file setting.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB-d | --debug\fP \(em Set debug level.
|
.BR \-d ", " \-\-debug
|
||||||
Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of messages sent
|
Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
|
||||||
to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
|
messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
|
||||||
Overrides config file setting.
|
Overrides config file setting.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB--quiet\fP \(em Suppress output and log messages.
|
.B \-\-quiet
|
||||||
Overrides -d and -v.
|
Suppress output and log messages.
|
||||||
|
Overrides \fB\-d\fP and \fB\-v\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB-t | --test\fP \(em Run in test mode.
|
.BR \-t ", " \-\-test
|
||||||
Commands will not update metadata.
|
Run in test mode. Commands will not update metadata.
|
||||||
This is implemented by disabling all metadata writing but nevertheless
|
This is implemented by disabling all metadata writing but nevertheless
|
||||||
returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
|
returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
|
||||||
error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
|
error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
|
||||||
back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
|
back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB--driverloaded\fP { \fBy\fP | \fBn\fP }
|
.BR \-\-driverloaded " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Whether or not the device-mapper kernel driver is loaded.
|
Whether or not the device-mapper kernel driver is loaded.
|
||||||
If you set this to \fBn\fP, no attempt will be made to contact the driver.
|
If you set this to \fIn\fP, no attempt will be made to contact the driver.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB-A | --autobackup\fP { \fBy\fP | \fBn\fP }
|
.BR \-A ", " \-\-autobackup " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Whether or not to metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
|
Whether or not to metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
|
||||||
You are strongly advised not to disable this!
|
You are strongly advised not to disable this!
|
||||||
See
|
See \fBvgcfgbackup\fP(8).
|
||||||
.B vgcfgbackup (8).
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB-P | --partial\fP
|
.BR \-P ", " \-\-partial
|
||||||
When set, the tools will do their best to provide access to volume groups
|
When set, the tools will do their best to provide access to volume groups
|
||||||
that are only partially available (one or more physical volumes belonging
|
that are only partially available (one or more physical volumes belonging
|
||||||
to the volume group are missing from the system). Where part of a logical
|
to the volume group are missing from the system). Where part of a logical
|
||||||
volume is missing, \fB/dev/ioerror\fP will be substituted, and you could use
|
volume is missing, \fB/dev/ioerror\fP will be substituted, and you could use
|
||||||
\fBdmsetup (8)\fP to set this up to return I/O errors when accessed,
|
\fBdmsetup\fP(8) to set this up to return I/O errors when accessed,
|
||||||
or create it as a large block device of nulls. Metadata may not be
|
or create it as a large block device of nulls. Metadata may not be
|
||||||
changed with this option. To insert a replacement physical volume
|
changed with this option. To insert a replacement physical volume
|
||||||
of the same or large size use \fBpvcreate -u\fP to set the uuid to
|
of the same or large size use \fBpvcreate \-u\fP to set the uuid to
|
||||||
match the original followed by \fBvgcfgrestore (8)\fP.
|
match the original followed by \fBvgcfgrestore\fP(8).
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB-M | --metadatatype type\fP
|
.BR \-M ", " \-\-metadatatype " " \fIType
|
||||||
Specifies which type of on-disk metadata to use, such as \fBlvm1\fP
|
Specifies which type of on-disk metadata to use, such as \fIlvm1\fP
|
||||||
or \fBlvm2\fP, which can be abbreviated to \fB1\fP or \fB2\fP respectively.
|
or \fIlvm2\fP, which can be abbreviated to \fI1\fP or \fI2\fP respectively.
|
||||||
The default (lvm2) can be changed by setting \fBformat\fP in the \fBglobal\fP
|
The default (\fIlvm2\fP) can be changed by setting \fBformat\fP
|
||||||
section of the config file.
|
in the \fBglobal\fP section of the config file.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB--ignorelockingfailure\fP
|
.B \-\-ignorelockingfailure
|
||||||
This lets you proceed with read-only metadata operations such as
|
This lets you proceed with read-only metadata operations such as
|
||||||
\fBlvchange -ay\fP and \fBvgchange -ay\fP even if the locking module fails.
|
\fBlvchange \-ay\fP and \fBvgchange \-ay\fP even if the locking module fails.
|
||||||
One use for this is in a system init script if the lock directory
|
One use for this is in a system init script if the lock directory
|
||||||
is mounted read-only when the script runs.
|
is mounted read-only when the script runs.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB--addtag tag\fP
|
.B \-\-addtag \fITag
|
||||||
Add the tag \fBtag\fP to a PV, VG or LV.
|
Add the tag \fITag\fP to a PV, VG or LV.
|
||||||
Supply this argument multiple times to add more than one tag at once.
|
Supply this argument multiple times to add more than one tag at once.
|
||||||
A tag is a word that can be used to group LVM2 objects of the same type
|
A tag is a word that can be used to group LVM2 objects of the same type
|
||||||
together.
|
together.
|
||||||
Tags can be given on the command line in place of PV, VG or LV
|
Tags can be given on the command line in place of PV, VG or LV
|
||||||
arguments. Tags should be prefixed with @ to avoid ambiguity.
|
arguments. Tags should be prefixed with @ to avoid ambiguity.
|
||||||
Each tag is expanded by replacing it with all objects possessing
|
Each tag is expanded by replacing it with all objects possessing
|
||||||
that tag which are of the type expected by its position on the command line.
|
that tag which are of the type expected by its position on the command line.
|
||||||
PVs can only possess tags while they are part of a Volume Group:
|
PVs can only possess tags while they are part of a Volume Group:
|
||||||
PV tags are discarded if the PV is removed from the VG.
|
PV tags are discarded if the PV is removed from the VG.
|
||||||
As an example, you could tag some LVs as \fBdatabase\fP and others
|
As an example, you could tag some LVs as \fBdatabase\fP and others
|
||||||
as \fBuserdata\fP and then activate the database ones
|
as \fBuserdata\fP and then activate the database ones
|
||||||
with \fBlvchange -ay @database\fP.
|
with \fBlvchange \-ay @database\fP.
|
||||||
Objects can possess multiple tags simultaneously.
|
Objects can possess multiple tags simultaneously.
|
||||||
Only the new LVM2 metadata format supports tagging: objects using the
|
Only the new LVM2 metadata format supports tagging: objects using the
|
||||||
LVM1 metadata format cannot be tagged because the on-disk format does not
|
LVM1 metadata format cannot be tagged because the on-disk format does not
|
||||||
support it.
|
support it.
|
||||||
Snapshots cannot be tagged.
|
Snapshots cannot be tagged.
|
||||||
Characters allowed in tags are: A-Z a-z 0-9 _ + . - and
|
Characters allowed in tags are:
|
||||||
as of version 2.02.78 the following characters are also
|
.B A-Z a-z 0-9 _ + . -
|
||||||
accepted: / = ! : # &
|
and as of version 2.02.78 the following characters are also accepted:
|
||||||
|
.B / = ! : # &
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB--deltag tag\fP
|
.B \-\-deltag \fITag
|
||||||
Delete the tag \fBtag\fP from a PV, VG or LV, if it's present.
|
Delete the tag \fITag\fP from a PV, VG or LV, if it's present.
|
||||||
Supply this argument multiple times to remove more than one tag at once.
|
Supply this argument multiple times to remove more than one tag at once.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB--alloc AllocationPolicy\fP
|
.B \-\-alloc \fIAllocationPolicy
|
||||||
The allocation policy to use: \fBcontiguous\fP, \fBcling\fP, \fBnormal\fP, \fBanywhere\fP or \fBinherit\fP.
|
The allocation policy to use:
|
||||||
|
.IR contiguous ,
|
||||||
|
.IR cling ,
|
||||||
|
.IR normal ,
|
||||||
|
.IR anywhere " or"
|
||||||
|
.IR inherit .
|
||||||
When a command needs to allocate physical extents from the volume group,
|
When a command needs to allocate physical extents from the volume group,
|
||||||
the allocation policy controls how they are chosen.
|
the allocation policy controls how they are chosen.
|
||||||
Each volume group and logical volume has an allocation policy.
|
Each volume group and logical volume has an allocation policy.
|
||||||
The default for a volume group is \fBnormal\fP which applies
|
The default for a volume group is \fInormal\fP which applies
|
||||||
common-sense rules such as not placing parallel stripes on the same
|
common-sense rules such as not placing parallel stripes on the same
|
||||||
physical volume. The default for a logical volume is \fBinherit\fP
|
physical volume. The default for a logical volume is \fIinherit\fP
|
||||||
which applies the same policy as for the volume group. These policies can
|
which applies the same policy as for the volume group. These policies can
|
||||||
be changed using \fBlvchange\fP (8) and \fBvgchange\fP (8) or over-ridden
|
be changed using \fBlvchange\fP(8) and \fBvgchange\fP(8) or over-ridden
|
||||||
on the command line of any command that performs allocation.
|
on the command line of any command that performs allocation.
|
||||||
The \fBcontiguous\fP policy requires that new extents be placed adjacent
|
The \fIcontiguous\fP policy requires that new extents be placed adjacent
|
||||||
to existing extents.
|
to existing extents.
|
||||||
The \fBcling\fP policy places new extents on the same physical
|
The \fIcling\fP policy places new extents on the same physical
|
||||||
volume as existing extents in the same stripe of the Logical Volume.
|
volume as existing extents in the same stripe of the Logical Volume.
|
||||||
If there are sufficient free extents to satisfy
|
If there are sufficient free extents to satisfy
|
||||||
an allocation request but \fBnormal\fP doesn't use them,
|
an allocation request but \fInormal\fP doesn't use them,
|
||||||
\fBanywhere\fP will - even if that reduces performance by
|
\fIanywhere\fP will - even if that reduces performance by
|
||||||
placing two stripes on the same physical volume.
|
placing two stripes on the same physical volume.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
N.B. The policies described above are not implemented fully yet.
|
N.B. The policies described above are not implemented fully yet.
|
||||||
@ -255,22 +263,21 @@ In particular, contiguous free space cannot be broken up to
|
|||||||
satisfy allocation attempts.
|
satisfy allocation attempts.
|
||||||
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
|
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBLVM_SYSTEM_DIR\fP
|
.B HOME
|
||||||
Directory containing lvm.conf and other LVM
|
Directory containing \fI.lvm_history\fP if the internal readline
|
||||||
system files.
|
shell is invoked.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.B LVM_SYSTEM_DIR
|
||||||
|
Directory containing \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) and other LVM system files.
|
||||||
Defaults to "#DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#".
|
Defaults to "#DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#".
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBHOME\fP
|
.B LVM_VG_NAME
|
||||||
Directory containing .lvm_history if the internal readline shell
|
The volume group name that is assumed for
|
||||||
is invoked.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
\fBLVM_VG_NAME\fP
|
|
||||||
The volume group name that is assumed for
|
|
||||||
any reference to a logical volume that doesn't specify a path.
|
any reference to a logical volume that doesn't specify a path.
|
||||||
Not set by default.
|
Not set by default.
|
||||||
.SH VALID NAMES
|
.SH VALID NAMES
|
||||||
The following characters are valid for VG and LV names:
|
The following characters are valid for VG and LV names:
|
||||||
\fBa-z A-Z 0-9 + _ . -\fP
|
.B a-z A-Z 0-9 + _ . -
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
VG and LV names cannot begin with a hyphen.
|
VG and LV names cannot begin with a hyphen.
|
||||||
There are also various reserved names that are used internally by lvm that can not be used as LV or VG names.
|
There are also various reserved names that are used internally by lvm that can not be used as LV or VG names.
|
||||||
@ -326,4 +333,3 @@ All tools return a status code of zero on success or non-zero on failure.
|
|||||||
.BR vgsplit (8),
|
.BR vgsplit (8),
|
||||||
.BR readline (3),
|
.BR readline (3),
|
||||||
.BR lvm.conf (5)
|
.BR lvm.conf (5)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -4,35 +4,35 @@ lvm.conf \- Configuration file for LVM2
|
|||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B #DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf
|
.B #DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
lvm.conf is loaded during the initialisation phase of
|
lvm.conf is loaded during the initialisation phase of
|
||||||
\fBlvm\fP (8). This file can in turn lead to other files
|
\fBlvm\fP(8). This file can in turn lead to other files
|
||||||
being loaded - settings read in later override earlier
|
being loaded - settings read in later override earlier
|
||||||
settings. File timestamps are checked between commands and if
|
settings. File timestamps are checked between commands and if
|
||||||
any have changed, all the files are reloaded.
|
any have changed, all the files are reloaded.
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
Use \fBlvm dumpconfig\fP to check what settings are in use.
|
Use \fBlvm dumpconfig\fP to check what settings are in use.
|
||||||
.SH SYNTAX
|
.SH SYNTAX
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
This section describes the configuration file syntax.
|
This section describes the configuration file syntax.
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
Whitespace is not significant unless it is within quotes.
|
Whitespace is not significant unless it is within quotes.
|
||||||
This provides a wide choice of acceptable indentation styles.
|
This provides a wide choice of acceptable indentation styles.
|
||||||
Comments begin with # and continue to the end of the line.
|
Comments begin with # and continue to the end of the line.
|
||||||
They are treated as whitespace.
|
They are treated as whitespace.
|
||||||
.LP
|
.LP
|
||||||
Here is an informal grammar:
|
Here is an informal grammar:
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBfile = value*\fP
|
.BR file " = " value *
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
A configuration file consists of a set of values.
|
A configuration file consists of a set of values.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBvalue = section | assignment\fP
|
.BR value " = " section " | " assignment
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
A value can either be a new section, or an assignment.
|
A value can either be a new section, or an assignment.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBsection = identifier '{' value* '}'\fP
|
.BR section " = " identifier " '" { "' " value "* '" } '
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
A section is groups associated values together.
|
A section is groups associated values together.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
It is denoted by a name and delimited by curly brackets.
|
It is denoted by a name and delimited by curly brackets.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
@ -42,27 +42,27 @@ e.g. backup {
|
|||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBassignment = identifier '=' (array | type)\fP
|
.BR assignment " = " identifier " '" = "' ( " array " | " type " )"
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
An assignment associates a type with an identifier.
|
An assignment associates a type with an identifier.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
e.g. max_archives = 42
|
e.g. max_archives = 42
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBarray = '[' (type ',')* type ']' | '[' ']'\fP
|
.BR array " = '" [ "' ( " type " '" , "')* " type " '" ] "' | '" [ "' '" ] '
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
Inhomogeneous arrays are supported.
|
Inhomogeneous arrays are supported.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
Elements must be separated by commas.
|
Elements must be separated by commas.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
An empty array is acceptable.
|
An empty array is acceptable.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBtype = integer | float | string\fP
|
.BR type " = " integer " | " float " | " string
|
||||||
\fBinteger = [0-9]*\fP
|
.BR integer " = [0-9]*"
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
\fBfloat = [0-9]*\.[0-9]*\fP
|
.BR float " = [0-9]*'" . '[0-9]*
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
\fBstring = '"' .* '"'\fP
|
.B string \fR= '\fB"\fR'.*'\fB"\fR'
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Strings must be enclosed in double quotes.
|
Strings must be enclosed in double quotes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ The sections that may be present in the file are:
|
|||||||
\fBdevices\fP \(em Device settings
|
\fBdevices\fP \(em Device settings
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBdir\fP \(em Directory in which to create volume group device nodes.
|
\fBdir\fP \(em Directory in which to create volume group device nodes.
|
||||||
Defaults to "/dev". Commands also accept this as a prefix on volume
|
Defaults to "/dev". Commands also accept this as a prefix on volume
|
||||||
group names.
|
group names.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBscan\fP \(em List of directories to scan recursively for
|
\fBscan\fP \(em List of directories to scan recursively for
|
||||||
LVM physical volumes.
|
LVM physical volumes.
|
||||||
Devices in directories outside this hierarchy will be ignored.
|
Devices in directories outside this hierarchy will be ignored.
|
||||||
Defaults to "/dev".
|
Defaults to "/dev".
|
||||||
@ -102,35 +102,35 @@ in /dev), if the first matching pattern in the list for any of the names is an
|
|||||||
pattern in the list for any of the names is an \fBr\fP pattern it is rejected;
|
pattern in the list for any of the names is an \fBr\fP pattern it is rejected;
|
||||||
otherwise it is accepted. As an example, to ignore /dev/cdrom you could use:
|
otherwise it is accepted. As an example, to ignore /dev/cdrom you could use:
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
\fBdevices { filter=["r|cdrom|"] }\fP
|
\fBdevices { filter=["r|cdrom|"] }\fP
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBcache_dir\fP \(em Persistent filter cache file directory.
|
\fBcache_dir\fP \(em Persistent filter cache file directory.
|
||||||
Defaults to "#DEFAULT_CACHE_DIR#".
|
Defaults to "#DEFAULT_CACHE_DIR#".
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBwrite_cache_state\fP \(em Set to 0 to disable the writing out of the
|
\fBwrite_cache_state\fP \(em Set to 0 to disable the writing out of the
|
||||||
persistent filter cache file when \fBlvm\fP exits.
|
persistent filter cache file when \fBlvm\fP exits.
|
||||||
Defaults to 1.
|
Defaults to 1.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBtypes\fP \(em List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types
|
\fBtypes\fP \(em List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types
|
||||||
found in /proc/devices together with maximum (non-zero) number of
|
found in /proc/devices together with maximum (non-zero) number of
|
||||||
partitions (normally 16). By default, LVM2 supports ide, sd, md, loop,
|
partitions (normally 16). By default, LVM2 supports ide, sd, md, loop,
|
||||||
dasd, dac960, nbd, ida, cciss, ubd, ataraid, drbd, power2, i2o_block
|
dasd, dac960, nbd, ida, cciss, ubd, ataraid, drbd, power2, i2o_block
|
||||||
and iseries/vd. Block devices with major
|
and iseries/vd. Block devices with major
|
||||||
numbers of different types are ignored by LVM2.
|
numbers of different types are ignored by LVM2.
|
||||||
Example: \fBtypes = ["fd", 16]\fP.
|
Example: \fBtypes = ["fd", 16]\fP.
|
||||||
To create physical volumes on device-mapper volumes
|
To create physical volumes on device-mapper volumes
|
||||||
created outside LVM2, perhaps encrypted ones from \fBcryptsetup\fP,
|
created outside LVM2, perhaps encrypted ones from \fBcryptsetup\fP,
|
||||||
you'll need \fBtypes = ["device-mapper", 16]\fP. But if you do this,
|
you'll need \fBtypes = ["device-mapper", 16]\fP. But if you do this,
|
||||||
be careful to avoid recursion within LVM2. The figure for number
|
be careful to avoid recursion within LVM2. The figure for number
|
||||||
of partitions is not currently used in LVM2 - and might never be.
|
of partitions is not currently used in LVM2 - and might never be.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBsysfs_scan\fP \(em If set to 1 and your kernel supports sysfs and
|
\fBsysfs_scan\fP \(em If set to 1 and your kernel supports sysfs and
|
||||||
it is mounted, sysfs will be used as a quick way of filtering out
|
it is mounted, sysfs will be used as a quick way of filtering out
|
||||||
block devices that are not present.
|
block devices that are not present.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBmd_component_detection\fP \(em If set to 1, LVM2 will ignore devices
|
\fBmd_component_detection\fP \(em If set to 1, LVM2 will ignore devices
|
||||||
used as components of software RAID (md) devices by looking for md
|
used as components of software RAID (md) devices by looking for md
|
||||||
superblocks. This doesn't always work satisfactorily e.g. if a device
|
superblocks. This doesn't always work satisfactorily e.g. if a device
|
||||||
has been reused without wiping the md superblocks first.
|
has been reused without wiping the md superblocks first.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBmd_chunk_alignment\fP \(em If set to 1, and a Physical Volume is placed
|
\fBmd_chunk_alignment\fP \(em If set to 1, and a Physical Volume is placed
|
||||||
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol specific way discards
|
|||||||
should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).
|
should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).
|
||||||
Not all storage will support or benefit from discards but SSDs and thinly
|
Not all storage will support or benefit from discards but SSDs and thinly
|
||||||
provisioned LUNs generally do. If set to 1, discards will only be issued if
|
provisioned LUNs generally do. If set to 1, discards will only be issued if
|
||||||
both the storage and kernel provide support.
|
both the storage and kernel provide support.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBallocation\fP \(em Space allocation policies
|
\fBallocation\fP \(em Space allocation policies
|
||||||
@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ segment of the existing LV. If there is insufficient space and a
|
|||||||
list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
|
list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
|
||||||
attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
|
attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
|
||||||
between existing extents and new extents.
|
between existing extents and new extents.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
The @ prefix for tags is required.
|
The @ prefix for tags is required.
|
||||||
Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag and so use
|
Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag and so use
|
||||||
all PV tags for this purpose.
|
all PV tags for this purpose.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
For example, LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
|
For example, LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
|
||||||
@ -228,12 +228,12 @@ is invoked. By default tools append messages to the log file.
|
|||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBsyslog\fP \(em Set to 1 (the default) to send log messages through syslog.
|
\fBsyslog\fP \(em Set to 1 (the default) to send log messages through syslog.
|
||||||
Turn off by setting to 0. If you set to an integer greater than one,
|
Turn off by setting to 0. If you set to an integer greater than one,
|
||||||
this is used - unvalidated - as the facility. The default is LOG_USER.
|
this is used - unvalidated - as the facility. The default is LOG_USER.
|
||||||
See /usr/include/sys/syslog.h for safe facility values to use.
|
See /usr/include/sys/syslog.h for safe facility values to use.
|
||||||
For example, LOG_LOCAL0 might be 128.
|
For example, LOG_LOCAL0 might be 128.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBindent\fP \(em When set to 1 (the default) messages are indented
|
\fBindent\fP \(em When set to 1 (the default) messages are indented
|
||||||
according to their severity, two spaces per level.
|
according to their severity, two spaces per level.
|
||||||
Set to 0 to turn off indentation.
|
Set to 0 to turn off indentation.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBcommand_names\fP \(em When set to 1, the command name is used as a
|
\fBcommand_names\fP \(em When set to 1, the command name is used as a
|
||||||
@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Default is 0 (off).
|
|||||||
Default is two spaces.
|
Default is two spaces.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBactivation\fP \(em Set to 1 to log messages while
|
\fBactivation\fP \(em Set to 1 to log messages while
|
||||||
devices are suspended during activation.
|
devices are suspended during activation.
|
||||||
Only set this temporarily while debugging a problem because
|
Only set this temporarily while debugging a problem because
|
||||||
in low memory situations this setting can cause your machine to lock up.
|
in low memory situations this setting can cause your machine to lock up.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
@ -255,21 +255,21 @@ Backup copies of former metadata for each volume group are archived here.
|
|||||||
Defaults to "#DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_DIR#".
|
Defaults to "#DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_DIR#".
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBbackup_dir\fP \(em Directory used for automatic metadata backups.
|
\fBbackup_dir\fP \(em Directory used for automatic metadata backups.
|
||||||
A single backup copy of the current metadata for each volume group
|
A single backup copy of the current metadata for each volume group
|
||||||
is stored here.
|
is stored here.
|
||||||
Defaults to "#DEFAULT_BACKUP_DIR#".
|
Defaults to "#DEFAULT_BACKUP_DIR#".
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBarchive\fP \(em Whether or not tools automatically archive existing
|
\fBarchive\fP \(em Whether or not tools automatically archive existing
|
||||||
metadata into \fBarchive_dir\fP before making changes to it.
|
metadata into \fBarchive_dir\fP before making changes to it.
|
||||||
Default is 1 (automatic archives enabled).
|
Default is 1 (automatic archives enabled).
|
||||||
Set to 0 to disable.
|
Set to 0 to disable.
|
||||||
Disabling this might make metadata recovery difficult or impossible
|
Disabling this might make metadata recovery difficult or impossible
|
||||||
if something goes wrong.
|
if something goes wrong.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBbackup\fP \(em Whether or not tools make an automatic backup
|
\fBbackup\fP \(em Whether or not tools make an automatic backup
|
||||||
into \fBbackup_dir\fP after changing metadata.
|
into \fBbackup_dir\fP after changing metadata.
|
||||||
Default is 1 (automatic backups enabled). Set to 0 to disable.
|
Default is 1 (automatic backups enabled). Set to 0 to disable.
|
||||||
Disabling this might make metadata recovery difficult or impossible
|
Disabling this might make metadata recovery difficult or impossible
|
||||||
if something goes wrong.
|
if something goes wrong.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBretain_min\fP \(em Minimum number of archives to keep.
|
\fBretain_min\fP \(em Minimum number of archives to keep.
|
||||||
@ -297,23 +297,23 @@ Defaults to /proc.
|
|||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBumask\fP \(em File creation mask for any files and directories created.
|
\fBumask\fP \(em File creation mask for any files and directories created.
|
||||||
Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
|
Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
|
||||||
Defaults to 077.
|
Defaults to 077.
|
||||||
Use 022 to allow other users to read the files by default.
|
Use 022 to allow other users to read the files by default.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBformat\fP \(em The default value of \fB--metadatatype\fP used
|
\fBformat\fP \(em The default value of \fB--metadatatype\fP used
|
||||||
to determine which format of metadata to use when creating new
|
to determine which format of metadata to use when creating new
|
||||||
physical volumes and volume groups. \fBlvm1\fP or \fBlvm2\fP.
|
physical volumes and volume groups. \fBlvm1\fP or \fBlvm2\fP.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBfallback_to_lvm1\fP \(em Set this to 1 if you need to
|
\fBfallback_to_lvm1\fP \(em Set this to 1 if you need to
|
||||||
be able to switch between 2.4 kernels using LVM1 and kernels
|
be able to switch between 2.4 kernels using LVM1 and kernels
|
||||||
including device-mapper.
|
including device-mapper.
|
||||||
The LVM2 tools should be installed as normal and
|
The LVM2 tools should be installed as normal and
|
||||||
the LVM1 tools should be installed with a .lvm1 suffix e.g.
|
the LVM1 tools should be installed with a .lvm1 suffix e.g.
|
||||||
vgscan.lvm1.
|
vgscan.lvm1.
|
||||||
If an LVM2 tool is then run but unable to communicate
|
If an LVM2 tool is then run but unable to communicate
|
||||||
with device-mapper, it will automatically invoke the equivalent LVM1
|
with device-mapper, it will automatically invoke the equivalent LVM1
|
||||||
version of the tool. Note that for LVM1 tools to
|
version of the tool. Note that for LVM1 tools to
|
||||||
manipulate physical volumes and volume groups created by LVM2 you
|
manipulate physical volumes and volume groups created by LVM2 you
|
||||||
must use \fB--metadataformat lvm1\fP when creating them.
|
must use \fB--metadataformat lvm1\fP when creating them.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBlibrary_dir\fP \(em A directory searched for LVM2's shared libraries
|
\fBlibrary_dir\fP \(em A directory searched for LVM2's shared libraries
|
||||||
@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ avoid conflicting LVM2 commands running concurrently on a single
|
|||||||
machine. 0 disables locking and risks corrupting your metadata.
|
machine. 0 disables locking and risks corrupting your metadata.
|
||||||
If set to 2, the tools will load the external \fBlocking_library\fP
|
If set to 2, the tools will load the external \fBlocking_library\fP
|
||||||
(see below).
|
(see below).
|
||||||
If the tools were configured \fB--with-cluster=internal\fP
|
If the tools were configured \fB--with-cluster=internal\fP
|
||||||
(the default) then 3 means to use built-in cluster-wide locking.
|
(the default) then 3 means to use built-in cluster-wide locking.
|
||||||
Type 4 enforces read-only metadata and forbids any operations that
|
Type 4 enforces read-only metadata and forbids any operations that
|
||||||
might want to modify Volume Group metadata.
|
might want to modify Volume Group metadata.
|
||||||
@ -355,11 +355,11 @@ such a library, look at the lib/locking source code directory.
|
|||||||
Setting this to 0 does nothing, neither creating nor destroying any tag.
|
Setting this to 0 does nothing, neither creating nor destroying any tag.
|
||||||
The machine name used is the nodename as returned by \fBuname\fP (2).
|
The machine name used is the nodename as returned by \fBuname\fP (2).
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Additional host tags to be set can be listed here as subsections.
|
Additional host tags to be set can be listed here as subsections.
|
||||||
The @ prefix for tags is optional.
|
The @ prefix for tags is optional.
|
||||||
Each of these host tag subsections can contain a \fBhost_list\fP
|
Each of these host tag subsections can contain a \fBhost_list\fP
|
||||||
array of host names. If any one of these entries matches the machine
|
array of host names. If any one of these entries matches the machine
|
||||||
name exactly then the host tag gets defined on this particular host,
|
name exactly then the host tag gets defined on this particular host,
|
||||||
otherwise it doesn't.
|
otherwise it doesn't.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
After lvm.conf has been processed, LVM2 works through each host
|
After lvm.conf has been processed, LVM2 works through each host
|
||||||
@ -378,9 +378,9 @@ tags { tag1 { } tag2 { host_list = [ "fs1", "fs2" ] } }
|
|||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
These options are useful if you are replicating configuration files
|
These options are useful if you are replicating configuration files
|
||||||
around a cluster. Use of \fBhosttags = 1\fP means every machine
|
around a cluster. Use of \fBhosttags = 1\fP means every machine
|
||||||
can have static and identical local configuration files yet use
|
can have static and identical local configuration files yet use
|
||||||
different settings and activate different logical volumes by
|
different settings and activate different logical volumes by
|
||||||
default. See also \fBvolume_list\fP below and \fB--addtag\fP
|
default. See also \fBvolume_list\fP below and \fB--addtag\fP
|
||||||
in \fBlvm\fP (8).
|
in \fBlvm\fP (8).
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBactivation\fP \(em Settings affecting device-mapper activation
|
\fBactivation\fP \(em Settings affecting device-mapper activation
|
||||||
@ -399,13 +399,13 @@ returns zeros, see \fBlvcreate\fP (8).
|
|||||||
\fBmirror_region_size\fP \(em Unit size in KB for copy operations
|
\fBmirror_region_size\fP \(em Unit size in KB for copy operations
|
||||||
when mirroring.
|
when mirroring.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBreadahead\fP \(em Used when there is no readahead value stored
|
\fBreadahead\fP \(em Used when there is no readahead value stored
|
||||||
in the volume group metadata. Set to \fBnone\fP to disable
|
in the volume group metadata. Set to \fBnone\fP to disable
|
||||||
readahead in these circumstances or \fBauto\fP to use the default
|
readahead in these circumstances or \fBauto\fP to use the default
|
||||||
value chosen by the kernel.
|
value chosen by the kernel.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBreserved_memory\fP, \fBreserved_stack\fP \(em How many KB to reserve
|
\fBreserved_memory\fP, \fBreserved_stack\fP \(em How many KB to reserve
|
||||||
for LVM2 to use while logical volumes are suspended. If insufficient
|
for LVM2 to use while logical volumes are suspended. If insufficient
|
||||||
memory is reserved before suspension, there is a risk of machine deadlock.
|
memory is reserved before suspension, there is a risk of machine deadlock.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBprocess_priority\fP \(em The nice value to use while devices are
|
\fBprocess_priority\fP \(em The nice value to use while devices are
|
||||||
@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ logical volumes getting queued) for the shortest possible time.
|
|||||||
all requests to activate a logical volume on this machine
|
all requests to activate a logical volume on this machine
|
||||||
are passed. A logical volume is only activated if it matches
|
are passed. A logical volume is only activated if it matches
|
||||||
an item in the list. Tags must be preceded by @ and are checked
|
an item in the list. Tags must be preceded by @ and are checked
|
||||||
against all tags defined in the logical volume and volume group
|
against all tags defined in the logical volume and volume group
|
||||||
metadata for a match.
|
metadata for a match.
|
||||||
@* is short-hand to check every tag set on the host machine (see
|
@* is short-hand to check every tag set on the host machine (see
|
||||||
\fBtags\fP above).
|
\fBtags\fP above).
|
||||||
@ -440,8 +440,8 @@ by name e.g. vg00, vg00/lvol1.
|
|||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBpvmetadatacopies\fP \(em When creating a physical volume using the
|
\fBpvmetadatacopies\fP \(em When creating a physical volume using the
|
||||||
LVM2 metadata format, this is the default number of copies of metadata
|
LVM2 metadata format, this is the default number of copies of metadata
|
||||||
to store on each physical volume.
|
to store on each physical volume.
|
||||||
Currently it can be set to 0, 1 or 2. The default is 1.
|
Currently it can be set to 0, 1 or 2. The default is 1.
|
||||||
If set to 2, one copy is placed at the beginning of the disk
|
If set to 2, one copy is placed at the beginning of the disk
|
||||||
and the other is placed at the end.
|
and the other is placed at the end.
|
||||||
It can be overridden on the command line with \fB--pvmetadatacopies\fP
|
It can be overridden on the command line with \fB--pvmetadatacopies\fP
|
||||||
@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ If creating a volume group with just one physical volume, it's a
|
|||||||
good idea to have 2 copies. If creating a large volume group with
|
good idea to have 2 copies. If creating a large volume group with
|
||||||
many physical volumes, you may decide that 3 copies of the metadata
|
many physical volumes, you may decide that 3 copies of the metadata
|
||||||
is sufficient, i.e. setting it to 1 on three of the physical volumes,
|
is sufficient, i.e. setting it to 1 on three of the physical volumes,
|
||||||
and 0 on the rest. Every volume group must contain at least one
|
and 0 on the rest. Every volume group must contain at least one
|
||||||
physical volume with at least 1 copy of the metadata (unless using
|
physical volume with at least 1 copy of the metadata (unless using
|
||||||
the text files described below). The disadvantage of having lots
|
the text files described below). The disadvantage of having lots
|
||||||
of copies is that every time the tools access the volume group, every
|
of copies is that every time the tools access the volume group, every
|
||||||
@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ tools.
|
|||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
\fBpvmetadatasize\fP \(em Approximate number of sectors to set aside
|
\fBpvmetadatasize\fP \(em Approximate number of sectors to set aside
|
||||||
for each copy of the metadata. Volume groups with large numbers of
|
for each copy of the metadata. Volume groups with large numbers of
|
||||||
physical or logical volumes, or volumes groups containing complex
|
physical or logical volumes, or volumes groups containing complex
|
||||||
logical volume structures will need additional space for their metadata.
|
logical volume structures will need additional space for their metadata.
|
||||||
The metadata areas are treated as circular buffers, so
|
The metadata areas are treated as circular buffers, so
|
||||||
unused space becomes filled with an archive of the most recent
|
unused space becomes filled with an archive of the most recent
|
||||||
@ -507,16 +507,20 @@ and with no other on-disk metadata, \fBpvmetadatacopies = 0\fP.
|
|||||||
Alternatively these directories can be in addition to the
|
Alternatively these directories can be in addition to the
|
||||||
on-disk metadata areas. This feature was created during the
|
on-disk metadata areas. This feature was created during the
|
||||||
development of the LVM2 metadata before the new on-disk metadata
|
development of the LVM2 metadata before the new on-disk metadata
|
||||||
areas were designed and no longer gets tested.
|
areas were designed and no longer gets tested.
|
||||||
It is not supported under low-memory conditions, and it is
|
It is not supported under low-memory conditions, and it is
|
||||||
important never to edit these metadata files unless you fully
|
important never to edit these metadata files unless you fully
|
||||||
understand how things work: to make changes you should always use
|
understand how things work: to make changes you should always use
|
||||||
the tools as normal, or else vgcfgbackup, edit backup, vgcfgrestore.
|
the tools as normal, or else vgcfgbackup, edit backup, vgcfgrestore.
|
||||||
.SH FILES
|
.SH FILES
|
||||||
.I #DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf
|
.I #DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf
|
||||||
|
.br
|
||||||
.I #DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_DIR#
|
.I #DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_DIR#
|
||||||
|
.br
|
||||||
.I #DEFAULT_BACKUP_DIR#
|
.I #DEFAULT_BACKUP_DIR#
|
||||||
|
.br
|
||||||
.I #DEFAULT_CACHE_DIR#/.cache
|
.I #DEFAULT_CACHE_DIR#/.cache
|
||||||
|
.br
|
||||||
.I #DEFAULT_LOCK_DIR#
|
.I #DEFAULT_LOCK_DIR#
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -5,6 +5,6 @@ lvmchange \- change attributes of the logical volume manager
|
|||||||
.B lvmchange
|
.B lvmchange
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
lvmchange is not currently supported under LVM2, although
|
lvmchange is not currently supported under LVM2, although
|
||||||
\fBdmsetup (8)\fP has a \fBremove_all\fP command.
|
\fBdmsetup\fP(8) has a \fBremove_all\fP command.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR dmsetup (8)
|
.BR dmsetup (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -6,15 +6,18 @@
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
|
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
|
||||||
.B lvmconf
|
.B lvmconf
|
||||||
[\-\-disable-cluster]
|
.RB [ \-\-disable-cluster ]
|
||||||
[\-\-enable-cluster]
|
.RB [ \-\-enable-cluster ]
|
||||||
[\-\-file <configfile>]
|
.RB [ \-\-file
|
||||||
[\-\-lockinglib <lib>]
|
.RI < configfile >]
|
||||||
[\-\-lockinglibdir <dir>]
|
.RB [ \-\-lockinglib
|
||||||
|
.RI < lib >]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-lockinglibdir
|
||||||
|
.RI < dir >]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||||
.B lvmconf
|
lvmconf is a script that modifies the locking configuration in
|
||||||
is a script that modifies the locking configuration in an lvm configuration file. See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5).
|
an lvm configuration file. See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
.SH "OPTIONS"
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
@ -24,13 +27,14 @@ Set \fBlocking_type\fR to the default non-clustered type.
|
|||||||
.BR \-\-enable-cluster
|
.BR \-\-enable-cluster
|
||||||
Set \fBlocking_type\fR to the default clustered type on this system.
|
Set \fBlocking_type\fR to the default clustered type on this system.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-file " " \fI<configfile>\fR
|
.BR \-\-file " <" \fIconfigfile >
|
||||||
Apply the changes to \fBconfigfile\fR instead of the default \fB#DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf\fR.
|
Apply the changes to \fIconfigfile\fP instead of the default
|
||||||
|
\fI#DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-lockinglib " " \fI<lib>\fR
|
.BR \-\-lockinglib " <" \fIlib >
|
||||||
Set external \fBlocking_library\fR locking library to load if an external locking type is used.
|
Set external \fBlocking_library\fR locking library to load if an external locking type is used.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-lockinglibdir " " \fI<dir>\fR
|
.BR \-\-lockinglibdir " <" \fIdir >
|
||||||
.SH FILES
|
.SH FILES
|
||||||
.I #DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf
|
.I #DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -3,22 +3,23 @@
|
|||||||
lvmdiskscan \- scan for all devices visible to LVM2
|
lvmdiskscan \- scan for all devices visible to LVM2
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B lvmdiskscan
|
.B lvmdiskscan
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-l|\-\-lvmpartition]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-l | \-\-lvmpartition ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
\fBlvmdiskscan\fP scans all SCSI, (E)IDE disks, multiple devices and a bunch
|
lvmdiskscan scans all SCSI, (E)IDE disks, multiple devices and a bunch
|
||||||
of other block devices in the system looking for LVM physical volumes.
|
of other block devices in the system looking for LVM physical volumes.
|
||||||
The size reported is the real device size.
|
The size reported is the real device size.
|
||||||
Define a filter in \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) to restrict
|
Define a filter in \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) to restrict
|
||||||
the scan to avoid a CD ROM, for example.
|
the scan to avoid a CD ROM, for example.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-l, \-\-lvmpartition
|
.BR \-l ", " \-\-lvmpartition
|
||||||
Only reports Physical Volumes.
|
Only reports Physical Volumes.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvm.conf (5),
|
.BR lvm.conf (5),
|
||||||
.BR pvscan (8),
|
.BR pvscan (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgscan (8)
|
.BR vgscan (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -2,9 +2,17 @@
|
|||||||
.SH NAME
|
.SH NAME
|
||||||
lvmdump - create lvm2 information dumps for diagnostic purposes
|
lvmdump - create lvm2 information dumps for diagnostic purposes
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
\fBlvmdump\fP [options] [-d directory]
|
.B lvmdump
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-a ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-c ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-d
|
||||||
|
.IR directory ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-h ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-m ]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
\fBlvmdump\fP is a tool to dump various information concerning LVM2. By default, it creates a tarball suitable for submission along with a problem report.
|
lvmdump is a tool to dump various information concerning LVM2.
|
||||||
|
By default, it creates a tarball suitable for submission along
|
||||||
|
with a problem report.
|
||||||
.PP
|
.PP
|
||||||
The content of the tarball is as follows:
|
The content of the tarball is as follows:
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
@ -22,33 +30,45 @@ The content of the tarball is as follows:
|
|||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
- list of files present /sys/devices/virtual/block
|
- list of files present /sys/devices/virtual/block
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
- if enabled with -m, metadata dump will be also included
|
- if enabled with \-m, metadata dump will be also included
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
- if enabled with -a, debug output of vgscan, pvscan and list of all available volume groups, physical volumes and logical volumes will be included
|
- if enabled with \-a, debug output of vgscan, pvscan and list of all available volume groups, physical volumes and logical volumes will be included
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
- if enabled with -c, cluster status info
|
- if enabled with \-c, cluster status info
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB\-h\fR \(em print help message
|
.B \-a
|
||||||
|
Advanced collection.
|
||||||
|
\fBWARNING\fR: if lvm is already hung, then this script may hang as well
|
||||||
|
if \fB\-a\fR is used.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB\-a\fR \(em advanced collection
|
.B \-c
|
||||||
\fBWARNING\fR: if lvm is already hung, then this script may hang as well if \fB\-a\fR is used
|
If clvmd is running, gather cluster data as well.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB\-m\fR \(em gather LVM metadata from the PVs
|
.B \-d \fIdirectory
|
||||||
This option generates a 1:1 dump of the metadata area from all PVs visible to the system, which can cause the dump to increase in size considerably. However, the metadata dump may represent a valuable diagnostic resource.
|
Dump into a directory instead of tarball
|
||||||
|
By default, lvmdump will produce a single compressed tarball containing
|
||||||
|
all the information. Using this option, it can be instructed to only
|
||||||
|
produce the raw dump tree, rooted in \fIdirectory\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB\-d\fR directory \(em dump into a directory instead of tarball
|
.B \-h
|
||||||
By default, lvmdump will produce a single compressed tarball containing all the information. Using this option, it can be instructed to only produce the raw dump tree, rooted in \fBdirectory\fP.
|
Print help message
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB\-c\fR \(em if clvmd is running, gather cluster data as well
|
.B \-m
|
||||||
|
Gather LVM metadata from the PVs
|
||||||
|
This option generates a 1:1 dump of the metadata area from all PVs visible
|
||||||
|
to the system, which can cause the dump to increase in size considerably.
|
||||||
|
However, the metadata dump may represent a valuable diagnostic resource.
|
||||||
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
|
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBLVM_BINARY\fP
|
\fBLVM_BINARY\fP
|
||||||
The LVM2 binary to use.
|
The LVM2 binary to use.
|
||||||
Defaults to "lvm".
|
Defaults to "lvm".
|
||||||
Sometimes you might need to set this to "/sbin/lvm.static", for example.
|
Sometimes you might need to set this to "/sbin/lvm.static", for example.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBDMSETUP_BINARY\fP
|
\fBDMSETUP_BINARY\fP
|
||||||
The dmsetup binary to use.
|
The dmsetup binary to use.
|
||||||
Defaults to "dmsetup".
|
Defaults to "dmsetup".
|
||||||
.PP
|
.PP
|
||||||
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
|
.BR lvm (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -7,8 +7,7 @@ lvmsadc \- LVM system activity data collector
|
|||||||
.B lvmsadc
|
.B lvmsadc
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||||
.B lvmsadc
|
lvmsadc is not currently supported under LVM2.
|
||||||
is not currently supported under LVM2.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8)
|
.BR lvm (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -7,8 +7,7 @@ lvmsar \- LVM system activity reporter
|
|||||||
.B lvmsar
|
.B lvmsar
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||||||
.B lvmsar
|
lvmsar is not currently supported under LVM2.
|
||||||
is not currently supported under LVM2.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8)
|
.BR lvm (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ lvreduce \- reduce the size of a logical volume
|
|||||||
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
|
.RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync ]
|
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync ]
|
||||||
.RB { \-l | \-\-extents
|
.RB { \-l | \-\-extents
|
||||||
.RI [ \- ] LogicalExtentsNumber [ % { VG | LV | FREE | ORIGIN "}] |"
|
.RI [ \- ] LogicalExtentsNumber [ % { VG | LV | FREE | ORIGIN "}] |"
|
||||||
.RB [ \-L | \-\-size
|
.RB [ \-L | \-\-size
|
||||||
.RI [ \- ] LogicalVolumeSize [ bBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]}
|
.RI [ \- ] LogicalVolumeSize [ bBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]}
|
||||||
.RB [ \-n | \-\-nofsck ]
|
.RB [ \-n | \-\-nofsck ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-r | \-\-resizefs ]
|
.RB [ \-r | \-\-resizefs ]
|
||||||
@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ lvreduce \- reduce the size of a logical volume
|
|||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
lvreduce allows you to reduce the size of a logical volume.
|
lvreduce allows you to reduce the size of a logical volume.
|
||||||
Be careful when reducing a logical volume's size, because data in the
|
Be careful when reducing a logical volume's size, because data in the
|
||||||
reduced part is lost!!!
|
reduced part is lost!!!
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
You should therefore ensure that any filesystem on the volume is
|
You should therefore ensure that any filesystem on the volume is
|
||||||
resized
|
resized
|
||||||
.I before
|
.I before
|
||||||
running lvreduce so that the extents that are to be removed are not in use.
|
running lvreduce so that the extents that are to be removed are not in use.
|
||||||
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Shrinking snapshot logical volumes (see
|
|||||||
.BR lvcreate (8)
|
.BR lvcreate (8)
|
||||||
for information to create snapshots) is supported as well.
|
for information to create snapshots) is supported as well.
|
||||||
But to change the number of copies in a mirrored logical
|
But to change the number of copies in a mirrored logical
|
||||||
volume use
|
volume use
|
||||||
.BR lvconvert (8).
|
.BR lvconvert (8).
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
Sizes will be rounded if necessary - for example, the volume size must
|
Sizes will be rounded if necessary - for example, the volume size must
|
||||||
@ -41,20 +41,11 @@ be an exact number of extents and the size of a striped segment must
|
|||||||
be a multiple of the number of stripes.
|
be a multiple of the number of stripes.
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8)
|
|
||||||
for common options.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
||||||
Force size reduction without prompting even when it may cause data loss.
|
Force size reduction without prompting even when it may cause data loss.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-noudevsync
|
|
||||||
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
|
||||||
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
|
||||||
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
|
||||||
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
|
||||||
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
.IR \fB\-l ", " \fB\-\-extents " [" \- ] LogicalExtentsNumber [ % { VG | LV | FREE | ORIGIN }]
|
.IR \fB\-l ", " \fB\-\-extents " [" \- ] LogicalExtentsNumber [ % { VG | LV | FREE | ORIGIN }]
|
||||||
Reduce or set the logical volume size in units of logical extents.
|
Reduce or set the logical volume size in units of logical extents.
|
||||||
With the \fI-\fP sign the value will be subtracted from
|
With the \fI-\fP sign the value will be subtracted from
|
||||||
@ -74,28 +65,35 @@ Reduce or set the logical volume size in units of megabytes.
|
|||||||
A size suffix of \fIk\fP for kilobyte, \fIm\fP for megabyte,
|
A size suffix of \fIk\fP for kilobyte, \fIm\fP for megabyte,
|
||||||
\fIg\fP for gigabytes, \fIt\fP for terabytes, \fIp\fP for petabytes
|
\fIg\fP for gigabytes, \fIt\fP for terabytes, \fIp\fP for petabytes
|
||||||
or \fIe\fP for exabytes is optional.
|
or \fIe\fP for exabytes is optional.
|
||||||
With the \fI-\fP sign the value will be subtracted from
|
With the \fI\-\fP sign the value will be subtracted from
|
||||||
the logical volume's actual size and without it it will be taken as
|
the logical volume's actual size and without it it will be taken as
|
||||||
an absolute size.
|
an absolute size.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-n ", " \-\-nofsck
|
.BR \-n ", " \-\-nofsck
|
||||||
Do not perform fsck before resizing filesystem when filesystem
|
Do not perform fsck before resizing filesystem when filesystem
|
||||||
requires it. You may need to use \fB--force\fR to proceed with
|
requires it. You may need to use \fB\-\-force\fR to proceed with
|
||||||
this option.
|
this option.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
.BR \-\-noudevsync
|
||||||
|
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
||||||
|
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
||||||
|
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
||||||
|
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
||||||
|
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-r ", " \-\-resizefs
|
.BR \-r ", " \-\-resizefs
|
||||||
Resize underlying filesystem together with the logical volume using
|
Resize underlying filesystem together with the logical volume using
|
||||||
.BR fsadm (8).
|
.BR fsadm (8).
|
||||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
Reduce the size of logical volume lvol1 in volume group vg00 by 3 logical extents:
|
Reduce the size of logical volume lvol1 in volume group vg00 by 3 logical extents:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvreduce -l -3 vg00/lvol1
|
.B lvreduce \-l \-3 vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR fsadm (8),
|
.BR fsadm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvchange (8),
|
.BR lvchange (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvconvert (8),
|
.BR lvconvert (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvextend (8),
|
.BR lvextend (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvresize (8),
|
.BR lvresize (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgreduce (8)
|
.BR vgreduce (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ lvremove \- remove a logical volume
|
|||||||
.IR LogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
.IR LogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
||||||
.RI [ LogicalVolume { Name | Path }...]
|
.RI [ LogicalVolume { Name | Path }...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
\fBlvremove\fP removes one or more logical volumes.
|
lvremove removes one or more logical volumes.
|
||||||
Confirmation will be requested before deactivating any active logical
|
Confirmation will be requested before deactivating any active logical
|
||||||
volume prior to removal. Logical volumes cannot be deactivated
|
volume prior to removal. Logical volumes cannot be deactivated
|
||||||
or removed while they are open (e.g. if they contain a mounted filesystem).
|
or removed while they are open (e.g. if they contain a mounted filesystem).
|
||||||
@ -36,20 +36,20 @@ process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
|||||||
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
||||||
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
||||||
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
||||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
Remove the active logical volume lvol1 in volume group vg00
|
Remove the active logical volume lvol1 in volume group vg00
|
||||||
without asking for confirmation:
|
without asking for confirmation:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvremove -f vg00/lvol1
|
.B lvremove \-f vg00/lvol1
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
Remove all logical volumes in volume group vg00:
|
Remove all logical volumes in volume group vg00:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B lvremove vg00
|
.B lvremove vg00
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvdisplay (8),
|
.BR lvdisplay (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvchange (8),
|
.BR lvchange (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvs (8),
|
.BR lvs (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvscan (8),
|
.BR lvscan (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgremove (8)
|
.BR vgremove (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -15,11 +15,9 @@ lvrename \- rename a logical volume
|
|||||||
.RI { OldLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
.RI { OldLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
||||||
.IR NewLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
.IR NewLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||
.I VolumeGroupName OldLogicalVolumeName NewLogicalVolumeName
|
.I VolumeGroupName OldLogicalVolumeName NewLogicalVolumeName\fR}
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B lvrename
|
lvrename renames an existing logical volume from
|
||||||
renames an existing logical volume from
|
|
||||||
.IR OldLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
.IR OldLogicalVolume { Name | Path }
|
||||||
to
|
to
|
||||||
.IR NewLogicalVolume { Name | Path }.
|
.IR NewLogicalVolume { Name | Path }.
|
||||||
|
41
man/lvs.8.in
41
man/lvs.8.in
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ lvs \- report information about logical volumes
|
|||||||
.RB [ \-o | \-\-options
|
.RB [ \-o | \-\-options
|
||||||
.RI [ + ] Field [, Field ]]
|
.RI [ + ] Field [, Field ]]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-O | \-\-sort
|
.RB [ \-O | \-\-sort
|
||||||
.RI [ + | - ] Key1 [,[ + | - ] Key2 [,...]]]
|
.RI [ + | \- ] Key1 [,[ + | \- ] Key2 [,...]]]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-rows ]
|
.RB [ \-\-rows ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-segments ]
|
.RB [ \-\-segments ]
|
||||||
@ -41,17 +41,18 @@ Include information in the output about internal Logical Volumes that
|
|||||||
are components of normally-accessible Logical Volumes, such as mirrors,
|
are components of normally-accessible Logical Volumes, such as mirrors,
|
||||||
but which are not independently accessible (e.g. not mountable).
|
but which are not independently accessible (e.g. not mountable).
|
||||||
The names of such Logical Volumes are enclosed within square brackets
|
The names of such Logical Volumes are enclosed within square brackets
|
||||||
in the output. For example, after creating a mirror using 'lvcreate -m1
|
in the output. For example, after creating a mirror using
|
||||||
--mirrorlog disk', this option will reveal three internal Logical
|
.B lvcreate -m1 --mirrorlog disk
|
||||||
|
, this option will reveal three internal Logical
|
||||||
Volumes, with suffixes mimage_0, mimage_1, and mlog.
|
Volumes, with suffixes mimage_0, mimage_1, and mlog.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.B \-\-aligned
|
.B \-\-aligned
|
||||||
Use with \-\-separator to align the output columns.
|
Use with \fB\-\-separator\fP to align the output columns.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.B \-\-nameprefixes
|
.B \-\-nameprefixes
|
||||||
Add an "LVM2_" prefix plus the field name to the output. Useful
|
Add an "LVM2_" prefix plus the field name to the output. Useful
|
||||||
with --noheadings to produce a list of field=value pairs that can
|
with \fB\-\-noheadings\fP to produce a list of field=value pairs that can
|
||||||
be used to set environment variables (for example, in
|
be used to set environment variables (for example, in
|
||||||
.BR udev (7)
|
.BR udev (7)
|
||||||
rules).
|
rules).
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
@ -60,17 +61,18 @@ Suppress the headings line that is normally the first line of output.
|
|||||||
Useful if grepping the output.
|
Useful if grepping the output.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.B \-\-nosuffix
|
.B \-\-nosuffix
|
||||||
Suppress the suffix on output sizes. Use with \-\-units (except h and H)
|
Suppress the suffix on output sizes. Use with \fB\-\-units\fP
|
||||||
if processing the output.
|
(except h and H) if processing the output.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-o ", " \-\-options
|
.BR \-o ", " \-\-options
|
||||||
Comma-separated ordered list of columns. Precede the list with '+' to append
|
Comma-separated ordered list of columns. Precede the list with '+' to append
|
||||||
to the default selection of columns instead of replacing it.
|
to the default selection of columns instead of replacing it.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Use \fb-o lv_all\fP to select all logical volume columns, and \fb-o seg_all\fP
|
Use \fB\-o lv_all\fP to select all logical volume columns,
|
||||||
|
and \fB\-o seg_all\fP
|
||||||
to select all logical volume segment columns.
|
to select all logical volume segment columns.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Use \fb-o help\fP to view the full list of columns available.
|
Use \fB\-o help\fP to view the full list of columns available.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Column names include:
|
Column names include:
|
||||||
lv_uuid, lv_name, lv_path, lv_attr, lv_major, lv_minor, lv_read_ahead, lv_kernel_major,
|
lv_uuid, lv_name, lv_path, lv_attr, lv_major, lv_minor, lv_read_ahead, lv_kernel_major,
|
||||||
@ -79,12 +81,12 @@ snap_percent, copy_percent, move_pv, convert_lv, lv_tags, mirror_log, thin_pool,
|
|||||||
segtype, stripes, stripesize, regionsize, chunksize, seg_start, seg_start_pe,
|
segtype, stripes, stripesize, regionsize, chunksize, seg_start, seg_start_pe,
|
||||||
seg_size, seg_tags, seg_pe_ranges, devices.
|
seg_size, seg_tags, seg_pe_ranges, devices.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
With \-\-segments, any "seg_" prefixes are optional; otherwise any "lv_"
|
With \fB\-\-segments\fP, any "seg_" prefixes are optional;
|
||||||
prefixes are optional. Columns mentioned in
|
otherwise any "lv_" prefixes are optional. Columns mentioned in
|
||||||
.BR vgs (8)
|
.BR vgs (8)
|
||||||
can also be chosen.
|
can also be chosen.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
The lv_attr bits are:
|
The lv_attr bits are:
|
||||||
.RS
|
.RS
|
||||||
.IP 1 3
|
.IP 1 3
|
||||||
Volume type: (m)irrored, (M)irrored without initial sync, (o)rigin,
|
Volume type: (m)irrored, (M)irrored without initial sync, (o)rigin,
|
||||||
@ -110,7 +112,7 @@ mapped (d)evice present without tables, mapped device present with (i)nactive ta
|
|||||||
.IP 6 3
|
.IP 6 3
|
||||||
device (o)pen
|
device (o)pen
|
||||||
.IP 7 3
|
.IP 7 3
|
||||||
Target type: (m)irror, (r)aid, (s)napshot, (t)hin, (u)nknown, (v)irtual.
|
Target type: (m)irror, (r)aid, (s)napshot, (t)hin, (u)nknown, (v)irtual.
|
||||||
This groups logical volumes related to the same kernel target together. So,
|
This groups logical volumes related to the same kernel target together. So,
|
||||||
for example, mirror images, mirror logs as well as mirrors themselves appear as
|
for example, mirror images, mirror logs as well as mirrors themselves appear as
|
||||||
(m) if they use the original device-mapper mirror kernel driver; whereas the raid
|
(m) if they use the original device-mapper mirror kernel driver; whereas the raid
|
||||||
@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ Use default columns that emphasize segment information.
|
|||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-O ", " \-\-sort
|
.BR \-O ", " \-\-sort
|
||||||
Comma-separated ordered list of columns to sort by. Replaces the default
|
Comma-separated ordered list of columns to sort by. Replaces the default
|
||||||
selection. Precede any column with - for a reverse sort on that column.
|
selection. Precede any column with '\fI\-\fP' for a reverse sort on that column.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.B \-\-rows
|
.B \-\-rows
|
||||||
Output columns as rows.
|
Output columns as rows.
|
||||||
@ -139,12 +141,13 @@ Produce output immediately without sorting or aligning the columns properly.
|
|||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.B \-\-units \fIhHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE
|
.B \-\-units \fIhHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE
|
||||||
All sizes are output in these units: (h)uman-readable, (b)ytes, (s)ectors,
|
All sizes are output in these units: (h)uman-readable, (b)ytes, (s)ectors,
|
||||||
(k)ilobytes, (m)egabytes, (g)igabytes, (t)erabytes, (p)etabytes, (e)xabytes.
|
(k)ilobytes, (m)egabytes, (g)igabytes, (t)erabytes, (p)etabytes, (e)xabytes.
|
||||||
Capitalise to use multiples of 1000 (S.I.) instead of 1024. Can also specify
|
Capitalise to use multiples of 1000 (S.I.) instead of 1024. Can also specify
|
||||||
custom units e.g. \-\-units 3M
|
custom units e.g. \fB\-\-units 3M\fP
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.B \-\-unquoted
|
.B \-\-unquoted
|
||||||
When used with --nameprefixes, output values in the field=value pairs are not quoted.
|
When used with \fB\-\-nameprefixes\fP, output values in the field=value
|
||||||
|
pairs are not quoted.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvdisplay (8),
|
.BR lvdisplay (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -11,29 +11,29 @@ lvscan \- scan (all disks) for Logical Volumes
|
|||||||
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B lvscan
|
lvscan scans all known volume groups or all supported LVM block devices
|
||||||
scans all known volume groups or all supported LVM block devices
|
|
||||||
in the system for defined Logical Volumes. The output consists
|
in the system for defined Logical Volumes. The output consists
|
||||||
of one line for each Logical Volume indicating whether or not it is active,
|
of one line for each Logical Volume indicating whether or not it is active,
|
||||||
a snapshot or origin, the size of the device and its allocation policy.
|
a snapshot or origin, the size of the device and its allocation policy.
|
||||||
Use \fBlvs(8)\fP or \fBlvdisplay(8)\fP to obtain more-comprehensive information
|
Use \fBlvs\fP(8) or \fBlvdisplay\fP(8) to obtain more-comprehensive
|
||||||
about the Logical Volumes.
|
information about the Logical Volumes.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-all
|
.BR \-\-all
|
||||||
Include information in the output about internal Logical Volumes that
|
Include information in the output about internal Logical Volumes that
|
||||||
are components of normally-accessible Logical Volumes, such as mirrors,
|
are components of normally-accessible Logical Volumes, such as mirrors,
|
||||||
but which are not independently accessible (e.g. not mountable).
|
but which are not independently accessible (e.g. not mountable).
|
||||||
For example, after creating a mirror using 'lvcreate -m1 --mirrorlog disk',
|
For example, after creating a mirror using
|
||||||
|
.B lvcreate \-m1 \-\-mirrorlog disk\fR,
|
||||||
this option will reveal three internal Logical Volumes, with suffixes
|
this option will reveal three internal Logical Volumes, with suffixes
|
||||||
mimage_0, mimage_1, and mlog.
|
mimage_0, mimage_1, and mlog.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-b ", " \-\-blockdevice
|
.BR \-b ", " \-\-blockdevice
|
||||||
This option is now ignored. Instead, use \fBlvs(8)\fP or \fBlvdisplay(8)\fP to obtain
|
This option is now ignored. Instead, use \fBlvs\fP(8) or
|
||||||
the device number.
|
\fBlvdisplay\fP(8) to obtain the device number.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvdisplay (8)
|
.BR lvdisplay (8)
|
||||||
.BR lvs (8)
|
.BR lvs (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -3,40 +3,51 @@
|
|||||||
pvchange \- change attributes of a physical volume
|
pvchange \- change attributes of a physical volume
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B pvchange
|
.B pvchange
|
||||||
[\-\-addtag Tag]
|
.RB [ \-\-addtag
|
||||||
[\-A|\-\-autobackup y|n] [\-d|\-\-debug]
|
.IR Tag ]
|
||||||
[\-f|\-\-force]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
[\-\-deltag Tag]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
[\-\-metadataignore y|n]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
|
||||||
[\-t|\-\-test]
|
.RB [ \-\-deltag
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose] [\-a|\-\-all] [\-x|\-\-allocatable y|n]
|
.IR Tag ]
|
||||||
[\-u|\-\-uuid] [PhysicalVolumePath...]
|
.RB [ \-\-metadataignore
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-all ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-x | \-\-allocatable
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-u | \-\-uuid ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolumePath ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
pvchange allows you to change the allocation permissions of one or
|
pvchange allows you to change the allocation permissions of one or
|
||||||
more physical volumes.
|
more physical volumes.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-a, \-\-all
|
.BR \-a ", " \-\-all
|
||||||
If PhysicalVolumePath is not specified on the command line all
|
If PhysicalVolumePath is not specified on the command line all
|
||||||
physical volumes are searched for and used.
|
physical volumes are searched for and used.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-metadataignore " y|n"
|
.BR \-\-metadataignore " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Ignore or un-ignore metadata areas on this physical volume.
|
Ignore or un-ignore metadata areas on this physical volume.
|
||||||
If metadata areas on a physical volume are ignored, LVM will
|
If metadata areas on a physical volume are ignored, LVM will
|
||||||
not not store metadata in the metadata areas present on this Physical
|
not not store metadata in the metadata areas present on this Physical
|
||||||
Volume.
|
Volume.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-u, \-\-uuid
|
.BR \-u ", " \-\-uuid
|
||||||
Generate new random UUID for specified physical volumes.
|
Generate new random UUID for specified physical volumes.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-x, \-\-allocatable y|n
|
.BR \-x ", " \-\-allocatable " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Enable or disable allocation of physical extents on this physical volume.
|
Enable or disable allocation of physical extents on this physical volume.
|
||||||
.SH Example
|
.SH Example
|
||||||
"pvchange -x n /dev/sdk1" disallows the allocation of physical extents
|
Disallows the allocation of physical extents on this physical volume
|
||||||
on this physical volume (possibly because of disk errors, or because it will
|
(possibly because of disk errors, or because it will be removed after
|
||||||
be removed after freeing it.
|
freeing it:
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B pvchange -x n /dev/sdk1
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR pvcreate (8)
|
.BR pvcreate (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -6,25 +6,27 @@ pvck \- check physical volume metadata
|
|||||||
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-labelsector ]
|
.RB [ \-\-labelsector
|
||||||
.IR PhysicalVolume " [" PhysicalVolume ...]
|
.IR sector ]
|
||||||
|
.I PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
pvck checks physical volume LVM metadata for consistency.
|
pvck checks physical volume LVM metadata for consistency.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-labelsector " sector"
|
.B \-\-labelsector \fIsector
|
||||||
By default, 4 sectors of \fBPhysicalVolume\fP are scanned for an LVM label,
|
By default, 4 sectors of \fBPhysicalVolume\fP are scanned for an LVM label,
|
||||||
starting at sector 0. This parameter allows you to specify a different
|
starting at sector 0. This parameter allows you to specify a different
|
||||||
starting sector for the scan and is useful for recovery situations. For
|
starting sector for the scan and is useful for recovery situations. For
|
||||||
example, suppose the partition table is corrupted or lost on /dev/sda,
|
example, suppose the partition table is corrupted or lost on /dev/sda,
|
||||||
but you suspect there was an LVM partition at approximately 100 MB. This
|
but you suspect there was an LVM partition at approximately 100 MiB. This
|
||||||
area of the disk may be scanned by using the \fB--labelsector\fP parameter
|
area of the disk may be scanned by using the \fB\-\-labelsector\fP parameter
|
||||||
with a value of 204800 (100 * 1024 * 1024 / 512 = 204800):
|
with a value of 204800 (100 * 1024 * 1024 / 512 = 204800):
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.BI "pvck --labelsector 204800 /dev/sda"
|
.B pvck \-\-labelsector 204800 /dev/sda
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
Note that a script can be used with \fB--labelsector\fP to automate the
|
Note that a script can be used with \fB\-\-labelsector\fP to automate the
|
||||||
process of finding LVM labels.
|
process of finding LVM labels.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -8,30 +8,42 @@ pvcreate \- initialize a disk or partition for use by LVM
|
|||||||
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-f [ f ]| \-\-force " [" \-\-force ]]
|
.RB [ \-f [ f ]| \-\-force
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-force ]]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-y | \-\-yes ]
|
.RB [ \-y | \-\-yes ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-labelsector ]
|
.RB [ \-\-labelsector ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-M | \-\-metadatatype " " \fItype ]
|
.RB [ \-M | \-\-metadatatype
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-[pv]metadatacopies " " \fI#copies ]
|
.IR type ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-metadatasize " " \fIsize ]
|
.RB [ \-\- [ pv ] metadatacopies
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-metadataignore " {" \fIy | \fIn }]
|
.IR NumberOfCopies ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-dataalignment " " \fIalignment ]
|
.RB [ \-\-metadatasize
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-dataalignmentoffset " " \fIalignment_offset ]
|
.IR size ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-restorefile " " \fIfile ]
|
.RB [ \-\-metadataignore
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-dataalignment
|
||||||
|
.IR alignment ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-dataalignmentoffset
|
||||||
|
.IR alignment_offset ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-restorefile
|
||||||
|
.IR file ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-norestorefile ]
|
.RB [ \-\-norestorefile ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-setphysicalvolumesize " " \fIsize ]
|
.RB [ \-\-setphysicalvolumesize
|
||||||
.RB [ \-u | \-\-uuid " " \fIuuid ]
|
.IR size ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-Z | \-\-zero " {" \fIy | \fIn }]
|
.RB [ \-u | \-\-uuid
|
||||||
.IR PhysicalVolume " [" PhysicalVolume ...]
|
.IR uuid ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-Z | \-\-zero
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.I PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B pvcreate
|
pvcreate initializes
|
||||||
initializes
|
|
||||||
.I PhysicalVolume
|
.I PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
for later use by the Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Each
|
for later use by the Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Each
|
||||||
.I PhysicalVolume
|
.I PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
can be a disk partition, whole disk, meta device, or loopback file.
|
can be a disk partition, whole disk, meta device, or loopback file.
|
||||||
For DOS disk partitions, the partition id should be set to 0x8e using
|
For DOS disk partitions, the partition id should be set to 0x8e using
|
||||||
.BR fdisk "(8), " cfdisk "(8), "
|
.BR fdisk (8),
|
||||||
|
.BR cfdisk (8),
|
||||||
or a equivalent. For
|
or a equivalent. For
|
||||||
.B whole disk devices only
|
.B whole disk devices only
|
||||||
the partition table must be erased, which will effectively destroy all
|
the partition table must be erased, which will effectively destroy all
|
||||||
@ -57,45 +69,45 @@ Force the creation without any confirmation. You can not recreate
|
|||||||
In an emergency you can override this behaviour with \fB-ff\fP.
|
In an emergency you can override this behaviour with \fB-ff\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-u ", " \-\-uuid " " \fIuuid
|
.BR \-u ", " \-\-uuid " " \fIuuid
|
||||||
Specify the uuid for the device.
|
Specify the uuid for the device.
|
||||||
Without this option, \fBpvcreate\fP generates a random uuid.
|
Without this option, \fBpvcreate\fP(8) generates a random uuid.
|
||||||
All of your physical volumes must have unique uuids.
|
All of your physical volumes must have unique uuids.
|
||||||
You need to use this option before restoring a backup of LVM metadata
|
You need to use this option before restoring a backup of LVM metadata
|
||||||
onto a replacement device - see \fBvgcfgrestore\fP(8). As such, use of
|
onto a replacement device - see \fBvgcfgrestore\fP(8). As such, use of
|
||||||
\fB--restorefile\fP is compulsory unless the \fB--norestorefile\fP is
|
\fB\-\-restorefile\fP is compulsory unless the \fB\-\-norestorefile\fP is
|
||||||
used.
|
used.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-y ", " \-\-yes
|
.BR \-y ", " \-\-yes
|
||||||
Answer yes to all questions.
|
Answer yes to all questions.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-Z ", " \-\-zero " " \fIy | \fIn
|
.BR \-Z ", " \-\-zero " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Whether or not the first 4 sectors (2048 bytes) of the device should be
|
Whether or not the first 4 sectors (2048 bytes) of the device should be
|
||||||
wiped.
|
wiped.
|
||||||
If this option is not given, the
|
If this option is not given, the
|
||||||
default is to wipe these sectors unless either or both of the \fB--restorefile\fP
|
default is to wipe these sectors unless either or both of the
|
||||||
or \fB--uuid\fP options were specified.
|
\fB\-\-restorefile\fP or \fB\-\-uuid\fP options were specified.
|
||||||
.SH NEW METADATA OPTIONS
|
.SH NEW METADATA OPTIONS
|
||||||
LVM2 introduces a new format for storing metadata on disk.
|
LVM2 introduces a new format for storing metadata on disk.
|
||||||
This new format is more efficient and resilient than the format the
|
This new format is more efficient and resilient than the format the
|
||||||
original version of LVM used and offers the advanced user greater
|
original version of LVM used and offers the advanced user greater
|
||||||
flexibility and control.
|
flexibility and control.
|
||||||
.sp
|
.P
|
||||||
The new format may be selected on the command line with \fB-M2\fP or by
|
The new format may be selected on the command line with \fB\-M2\fP or by
|
||||||
setting \fBformat = "lvm2"\fP in the \fBglobal\fP section of \fBlvm.conf\fP.
|
setting \fBformat = "lvm2"\fP in the \fBglobal\fP section of \fBlvm.conf\fP(5).
|
||||||
Each physical volume in the same volume group must use the same format, but
|
Each physical volume in the same volume group must use the same format, but
|
||||||
different volume groups on a machine may use different formats
|
different volume groups on a machine may use different formats
|
||||||
simultaneously: the tools can handle both formats.
|
simultaneously: the tools can handle both formats.
|
||||||
Additional formats can be added as shared libraries.
|
Additional formats can be added as shared libraries.
|
||||||
.sp
|
.P
|
||||||
Additional tools for manipulating the locations and sizes of metadata areas
|
Additional tools for manipulating the locations and sizes of metadata areas
|
||||||
will be written in due course. Use the verbose/debug options on the tools
|
will be written in due course. Use the verbose/debug options on the tools
|
||||||
to see where the metadata areas are placed.
|
to see where the metadata areas are placed.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BI \-\-metadatasize " size"
|
.B \-\-metadatasize \fIsize
|
||||||
The approximate amount of space to be set aside for each metadata area.
|
The approximate amount of space to be set aside for each metadata area.
|
||||||
(The size you specify may get rounded.)
|
(The size you specify may get rounded.)
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BI \-\-dataalignment " alignment"
|
.B \-\-dataalignment \fIalignment
|
||||||
Align the start of the data to a multiple of this number.
|
Align the start of the data to a multiple of this number.
|
||||||
You should also specify an appropriate \fIPhysicalExtentSize\fP when creating
|
You should also specify an appropriate \fIPhysicalExtentSize\fP when creating
|
||||||
the Volume Group with \fBvgcreate\fP.
|
the Volume Group with \fBvgcreate\fP.
|
||||||
@ -103,25 +115,25 @@ the Volume Group with \fBvgcreate\fP.
|
|||||||
To see the location of the first Physical Extent of an existing Physical Volume
|
To see the location of the first Physical Extent of an existing Physical Volume
|
||||||
use \fBpvs -o +pe_start\fP . It will be a multiple of the requested
|
use \fBpvs -o +pe_start\fP . It will be a multiple of the requested
|
||||||
alignment. In addition it may be shifted by \fIalignment_offset\fP from
|
alignment. In addition it may be shifted by \fIalignment_offset\fP from
|
||||||
\fIdata_alignment_offset_detection\fP (if enabled in \fBlvm.conf\fP) or
|
\fIdata_alignment_offset_detection\fP (if enabled in \fBlvm.conf\fP(5)) or
|
||||||
\fB--dataalignmentoffset\fP.
|
\fB\-\-dataalignmentoffset\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BI \-\-dataalignmentoffset " alignment_offset"
|
.B \-\-dataalignmentoffset \fIalignment_offset
|
||||||
Shift the start of the data area by this additional \fIalignment_offset\fP.
|
Shift the start of the data area by this additional \fIalignment_offset\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BI \-\-[pv]metadatacopies " copies"
|
.BR \-\- [ pv ] metadatacopies " " \fINumberOfCopies
|
||||||
The number of metadata areas to set aside on each PV. Currently
|
The number of metadata areas to set aside on each PV. Currently
|
||||||
this can be 0, 1 or 2.
|
this can be 0, 1 or 2.
|
||||||
If set to 2, two copies of the volume group metadata
|
If set to 2, two copies of the volume group metadata
|
||||||
are held on the PV, one at the front of the PV and one at the end.
|
are held on the PV, one at the front of the PV and one at the end.
|
||||||
If set to 1 (the default), one copy is kept at the front of the PV
|
If set to 1 (the default), one copy is kept at the front of the PV
|
||||||
(starting in the 5th sector).
|
(starting in the 5th sector).
|
||||||
If set to 0, no copies are kept on this PV - you might wish to use this
|
If set to 0, no copies are kept on this PV - you might wish to use this
|
||||||
with VGs containing large numbers of PVs. But if you do this and
|
with VGs containing large numbers of PVs. But if you do this and
|
||||||
then later use \fBvgsplit\fP you must ensure that each VG is still going
|
then later use \fBvgsplit\fP(8) you must ensure that each VG is still going
|
||||||
to have a suitable number of copies of the metadata after the split!
|
to have a suitable number of copies of the metadata after the split!
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BI \-\-metadataignore " y" \fR| n
|
.BR \-\-metadataignore " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Ignore or un-ignore metadata areas on this physical volume.
|
Ignore or un-ignore metadata areas on this physical volume.
|
||||||
The default is "n". This setting can be changed with \fBpvchange\fP.
|
The default is "n". This setting can be changed with \fBpvchange\fP.
|
||||||
If metadata areas on a physical volume are ignored, LVM will
|
If metadata areas on a physical volume are ignored, LVM will
|
||||||
@ -132,49 +144,49 @@ metadata on this device, it is still wise always to allocate a metadata
|
|||||||
area in case you need it in the future and to use this option to instruct
|
area in case you need it in the future and to use this option to instruct
|
||||||
LVM2 to ignore it.
|
LVM2 to ignore it.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BI \-\-restorefile " file"
|
.B \-\-restorefile \fIfile
|
||||||
In conjunction with \fB--uuid\fP, this extracts the location and size
|
In conjunction with \fB--uuid\fP, this extracts the location and size
|
||||||
of the data on the PV from the file (produced by \fBvgcfgbackup\fP)
|
of the data on the PV from the file (produced by \fBvgcfgbackup\fP)
|
||||||
and ensures that the metadata that the program produces is consistent
|
and ensures that the metadata that the program produces is consistent
|
||||||
with the contents of the file i.e. the physical extents will be in
|
with the contents of the file i.e. the physical extents will be in
|
||||||
the same place and not get overwritten by new metadata. This provides
|
the same place and not get overwritten by new metadata. This provides
|
||||||
a mechanism to upgrade the metadata format or to add/remove metadata
|
a mechanism to upgrade the metadata format or to add/remove metadata
|
||||||
areas. Use with care. See also \fBvgconvert\fP(8).
|
areas. Use with care. See also \fBvgconvert\fP(8).
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.B \-\-norestorefile
|
.B \-\-norestorefile
|
||||||
In conjunction with \fB--uuid\fP, this allows a \fIuuid\fP to be specified
|
In conjunction with \fB\-\-uuid\fP, this allows a \fIuuid\fP to be specified
|
||||||
without also requiring that a backup of the metadata be provided.
|
without also requiring that a backup of the metadata be provided.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BI \-\-labelsector " sector"
|
.B \-\-labelsector \fIsector
|
||||||
By default the PV is labelled with an LVM2 identifier in its second
|
By default the PV is labelled with an LVM2 identifier in its second
|
||||||
sector (sector 1). This lets you use a different sector near the
|
sector (sector 1). This lets you use a different sector near the
|
||||||
start of the disk (between 0 and 3 inclusive - see LABEL_SCAN_SECTORS
|
start of the disk (between 0 and 3 inclusive - see LABEL_SCAN_SECTORS
|
||||||
in the source). Use with care.
|
in the source). Use with care.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BI \-\-setphysicalvolumesize " size"
|
.B \-\-setphysicalvolumesize \fIsize
|
||||||
Overrides the automatically-detected size of the PV. Use with care.
|
Overrides the automatically-detected size of the PV. Use with care.
|
||||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
Initialize partition #4 on the third SCSI disk and the entire fifth
|
Initialize partition #4 on the third SCSI disk and the entire fifth
|
||||||
SCSI disk for later use by LVM:
|
SCSI disk for later use by LVM:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B pvcreate /dev/sdc4 /dev/sde
|
.B pvcreate /dev/sdc4 /dev/sde
|
||||||
.sp
|
|
||||||
If the 2nd SCSI disk is a 4KB sector drive that compensates for windows
|
If the 2nd SCSI disk is a 4KiB sector drive that compensates for windows
|
||||||
partitioning (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB
|
partitioning (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KiB
|
||||||
sectors start at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB
|
sectors start at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KiB
|
||||||
boundary) manually account for this when initializing for use by LVM:
|
boundary) manually account for this when initializing for use by LVM:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset 7s /dev/sdb
|
.B pvcreate \-\-dataalignmentoffset 7s /dev/sdb
|
||||||
.sp
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm.conf (5),
|
.BR lvm.conf (5),
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgextend (8),
|
.BR vgextend (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
.BR lvcreate (8),
|
||||||
.BR cfdisk (8),
|
.BR cfdisk (8),
|
||||||
.BR fdisk (8),
|
.BR fdisk (8),
|
||||||
.BR losetup (8),
|
.BR losetup (8),
|
||||||
.BR mdadm (8),
|
.BR mdadm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgcfgrestore (8),
|
.BR vgcfgrestore (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgconvert (8)
|
.BR vgconvert (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -3,48 +3,61 @@
|
|||||||
pvdisplay \- display attributes of a physical volume
|
pvdisplay \- display attributes of a physical volume
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B pvdisplay
|
.B pvdisplay
|
||||||
[\-c|\-\-colon]
|
.RB [ \-c | \-\-colon ]
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-\-ignorelockingfailure]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-\-maps]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
[\-\-nosuffix]
|
.RB [ \-\-maps ]
|
||||||
[\-s|\-\-short]
|
.RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
||||||
[\-\-units hsbkmgtHKMGT]
|
.RB [ \-s | \-\-short ]
|
||||||
[\-v[v]|\-\-verbose [\-\-verbose]]
|
.RB [ \-\-units
|
||||||
[\-\-version]
|
.IR hsbkmgtHKMGT ]
|
||||||
[PhysicalVolumePath [PhysicalVolumePath...]]
|
.RB [ \-v [ v ]| \-\-verbose
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-verbose ]]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolumePath
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolumePath ...]]
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
.B pvdisplay \-\-columns | \-C
|
.B pvdisplay
|
||||||
[\-\-aligned]
|
.BR \-\-columns | \-C
|
||||||
[\-a|\-\-all]
|
.RB [ \-\-aligned ]
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-all ]
|
||||||
[\-\-ignorelockingfailure]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-\-noheadings]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-\-nosuffix]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
[\-o|\-\-options [+]Field[,Field]]
|
.RB [ \-\-noheadings ]
|
||||||
[\-O|\-\-sort [+|-]Key1[,[+|-]Key2[,...]]]
|
.RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
||||||
[\-\-separator Separator]
|
.RB [ \-o | \-\-options
|
||||||
[\-\-unbuffered]
|
.RI [ + ] Field [ ,Field ...]]
|
||||||
[\-\-units hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE]
|
.RB [ \-O | \-\-sort
|
||||||
[\-v[v]|\-\-verbose [\-\-verbose]]
|
.RI [ + | \- ] Key1 [ , [ + | \- ] Key2 ...
|
||||||
[\-\-version]
|
.RI ]]
|
||||||
[PhysicalVolumePath [PhysicalVolumePath...]]
|
.RB [ \-\-separator
|
||||||
|
.IR Separator ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-unbuffered ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-units
|
||||||
|
.IR hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v [ v ]| \-\-verbose
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-verbose ]]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolumePath
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolumePath ...]]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
pvdisplay allows you to see the attributes of one or more physical volumes
|
pvdisplay allows you to see the attributes of one or more physical volumes
|
||||||
like size, physical extent size, space used for the volume group descriptor
|
like size, physical extent size, space used for the volume group descriptor
|
||||||
area and so on.
|
area and so on.
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
\fBpvs\fP (8) is an alternative that provides the same information
|
\fBpvs\fP(8) is an alternative that provides the same information
|
||||||
in the style of \fBps\fP (1).
|
in the style of \fBps\fP(1).
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options and \fBpvs\fP for options given with
|
See \fBlvm\fP for common options and \fBpvs\fP for options given with
|
||||||
\fB\-\-columns\fP.
|
\fB\-\-columns\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-c, \-\-colon
|
.BR \-c ", " \-\-colon
|
||||||
Generate colon separated output for easier parsing in scripts or programs.
|
Generate colon separated output for easier parsing in scripts or programs.
|
||||||
N.B. \fBpvs\fP (8) provides considerably more control over the output.
|
N.B. \fBpvs\fP(8) provides considerably more control over the output.
|
||||||
.nf
|
.nf
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The values are:
|
The values are:
|
||||||
@ -63,16 +76,16 @@ The values are:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
.fi
|
.fi
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-s, \-\-short
|
.BR \-s ", " \-\-short
|
||||||
Only display the size of the given physical volumes.
|
Only display the size of the given physical volumes.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-m, \-\-maps
|
.BR \-m ", " \-\-maps
|
||||||
Display the mapping of physical extents to logical volumes and
|
Display the mapping of physical extents to logical volumes and
|
||||||
logical extents.
|
logical extents.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-columns | \-C
|
.BR \-\-columns ", " \-C
|
||||||
Display output in columns, the equivalent of \fBpvs\fP (8). See
|
Display output in columns, the equivalent of \fBpvs\fP(8). See
|
||||||
\fBpvs (8)\fP for a description of other options with this form of
|
\fBpvs\fP(8) for a description of other options with this form of
|
||||||
\fBpvdisplay\fP.
|
\fBpvdisplay\fP.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,15 +3,22 @@
|
|||||||
pvmove \- move physical extents
|
pvmove \- move physical extents
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B pvmove
|
.B pvmove
|
||||||
[\-\-abort]
|
.RB [ \-\-abort ]
|
||||||
[\-\-alloc AllocationPolicy]
|
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
||||||
[\-b|\-\-background]
|
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-\-help] [\-i|\-\-interval Seconds]
|
.RB [ \-b | \-\-background ]
|
||||||
[\-\-noudevsync] [\-v|\-\-verbose] [\-n|\-\-name LogicalVolume]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[SourcePhysicalVolume[:PE[-PE]...] [DestinationPhysicalVolume[:PE[-PE]...]...]]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-i | \-\-interval
|
||||||
|
.IR Seconds ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-n | \-\-name
|
||||||
|
.IR LogicalVolume ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ SourcePhysicalVolume [ :PE [ -PE ]...]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ DestinationPhysicalVolume [ :PE [ -PE ]...]...]]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B pvmove
|
pvmove allows you to move the allocated physical extents (PEs) on
|
||||||
allows you to move the allocated physical extents (PEs) on
|
|
||||||
.I SourcePhysicalVolume
|
.I SourcePhysicalVolume
|
||||||
to one or more other physical volumes (PVs).
|
to one or more other physical volumes (PVs).
|
||||||
You can optionally specify a source
|
You can optionally specify a source
|
||||||
@ -23,8 +30,8 @@ If no
|
|||||||
.I DestinationPhysicalVolume
|
.I DestinationPhysicalVolume
|
||||||
is specified, the normal allocation rules for the Volume Group are used.
|
is specified, the normal allocation rules for the Volume Group are used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If \fBpvmove\fP gets interrupted for any reason (e.g. the machine crashes)
|
If pvmove gets interrupted for any reason (e.g. the machine crashes)
|
||||||
then run \fBpvmove\fP again without any PhysicalVolume arguments to
|
then run pvmove again without any PhysicalVolume arguments to
|
||||||
restart any moves that were in progress from the last checkpoint.
|
restart any moves that were in progress from the last checkpoint.
|
||||||
Alternatively use \fBpvmove --abort\fP at any time to abort them
|
Alternatively use \fBpvmove --abort\fP at any time to abort them
|
||||||
at the last checkpoint.
|
at the last checkpoint.
|
||||||
@ -71,78 +78,74 @@ type of on-disk metadata. Metadata can be converted using \fBvgconvert\fP(8).
|
|||||||
N.B. The moving of mirrors, snapshots and their origins is not yet supported.
|
N.B. The moving of mirrors, snapshots and their origins is not yet supported.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-abort
|
.B \-\-abort
|
||||||
Abort any moves in progress.
|
Abort any moves in progress.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-noudevsync
|
.B \-\-noudevsync
|
||||||
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
Disable udev synchronisation. The
|
||||||
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
process will not wait for notification from udev.
|
||||||
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
|
||||||
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
||||||
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-b, \-\-background
|
.BR \-b ", " \-\-background
|
||||||
Run the daemon in the background.
|
Run the daemon in the background.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-i, \-\-interval Seconds
|
.BR \-i ", " \-\-interval " " \fISeconds
|
||||||
Report progress as a percentage at regular intervals.
|
Report progress as a percentage at regular intervals.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-n, \-\-name " \fILogicalVolume\fR"
|
.BR \-n ", " \-\-name " " \fILogicalVolume
|
||||||
Move only the extents belonging to
|
Move only the extents belonging to
|
||||||
.I LogicalVolume
|
.I LogicalVolume
|
||||||
from
|
from
|
||||||
.I SourcePhysicalVolume
|
.I SourcePhysicalVolume
|
||||||
instead of all allocated extents to the destination physical volume(s).
|
instead of all allocated extents to the destination physical volume(s).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
To move all Physical Extents that are used by simple Logical Volumes on
|
To move all Physical Extents that are used by simple Logical Volumes on
|
||||||
.B /dev/sdb1
|
/dev/sdb1 to free Physical Extents elsewhere in the Volume Group use:
|
||||||
to free Physical Extents elsewhere in the Volume Group use:
|
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
\ pvmove /dev/sdb1
|
.B pvmove /dev/sdb1
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
Any mirrors, snapshots and their origins are left unchanged.
|
Any mirrors, snapshots and their origins are left unchanged.
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
Additionally, a specific destination device
|
Additionally, a specific destination device /dev/sdc1
|
||||||
.B /dev/sdc1
|
|
||||||
can be specified like this:
|
can be specified like this:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
\ pvmove /dev/sdb1 /dev/sdc1
|
.B pvmove /dev/sdb1 /dev/sdc1
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
To perform the action only on extents belonging to the single Logical Volume
|
To perform the action only on extents belonging to the single Logical Volume
|
||||||
.B lvol1
|
lvol1 do this:
|
||||||
do this:
|
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
\ pvmove -n lvol1 /dev/sdb1 /dev/sdc1
|
.B pvmove -n lvol1 /dev/sdb1 /dev/sdc1
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
Rather than moving the contents of the entire device, it is possible to
|
Rather than moving the contents of the entire device, it is possible to
|
||||||
move a range of Physical Extents - for example numbers 1000 to 1999 inclusive on
|
move a range of Physical Extents - for example numbers 1000 to 1999
|
||||||
.B /dev/sdb1
|
inclusive on /dev/sdb1 - like this:
|
||||||
- like this:
|
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
\ pvmove /dev/sdb1:1000-1999
|
.B pvmove /dev/sdb1:1000-1999
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
To move a range of Physical Extents to a specific location (which must have
|
To move a range of Physical Extents to a specific location (which must have
|
||||||
sufficent free extents) use the form:
|
sufficent free extents) use the form:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
\ pvmove /dev/sdb1:1000-1999 /dev/sdc1
|
.B pvmove /dev/sdb1:1000-1999 /dev/sdc1
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
or
|
or
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
\ pvmove /dev/sdb1:1000-1999 /dev/sdc1:0-999
|
.B pvmove /dev/sdb1:1000-1999 /dev/sdc1:0-999
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
If the source and destination are on the same disk, the
|
If the source and destination are on the same disk, the
|
||||||
.B anywhere
|
.B anywhere
|
||||||
allocation policy would be needed, like this:
|
allocation policy would be needed, like this:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
\ pvmove --alloc anywhere /dev/sdb1:1000-1999 /dev/sdb1:0-999
|
.B pvmove --alloc anywhere /dev/sdb1:1000-1999 /dev/sdb1:0-999
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The part of a specific Logical Volume present within in a range of Physical
|
The part of a specific Logical Volume present within in a range of Physical
|
||||||
Extents can also be picked out and moved, like this:
|
Extents can also be picked out and moved, like this:
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
\ pvmove -n lvol1 /dev/sdb1:1000-1999 /dev/sdc1
|
.B pvmove -n lvol1 /dev/sdb1:1000-1999 /dev/sdc1
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgconvert (8)
|
.BR vgconvert (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -14,9 +14,8 @@ pvremove \- remove a physical volume
|
|||||||
.I PhysicalVolume
|
.I PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
.RI [ PhysicalVolume ...]
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B pvremove
|
pvremove wipes the label on a device so that LVM will no longer
|
||||||
wipes the label on a device so that LVM will no longer recognise it
|
recognise it as a physical volume.
|
||||||
as a physical volume.
|
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
@ -13,8 +13,7 @@ pvresize \- resize a disk or partition in use by LVM2
|
|||||||
.I PhysicalVolume
|
.I PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
.RI [ PhysicalVolume ...]
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B pvresize
|
pvresize resizes
|
||||||
resizes
|
|
||||||
.I PhysicalVolume
|
.I PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
which may already be in a volume group and have active logical volumes
|
which may already be in a volume group and have active logical volumes
|
||||||
allocated on it.
|
allocated on it.
|
||||||
@ -33,11 +32,10 @@ Shrink the PV on /dev/sda1 prior to shrinking the partition with fdisk
|
|||||||
(ensure that the PV size is appropriate for your intended new partition
|
(ensure that the PV size is appropriate for your intended new partition
|
||||||
size):
|
size):
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B pvresize --setphysicalvolumesize 40G /dev/sda1
|
.B pvresize \-\-setphysicalvolumesize 40G /dev/sda1
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.SH RESTRICTIONS
|
.SH RESTRICTIONS
|
||||||
.B pvresize
|
pvresize will refuse to shrink
|
||||||
will refuse to shrink
|
|
||||||
.I PhysicalVolume
|
.I PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
if it has allocated extents after where its new end would be. In the future,
|
if it has allocated extents after where its new end would be. In the future,
|
||||||
it should relocate these elsewhere in the volume group if there is sufficient
|
it should relocate these elsewhere in the volume group if there is sufficient
|
||||||
|
104
man/pvs.8.in
104
man/pvs.8.in
@ -3,90 +3,102 @@
|
|||||||
pvs \- report information about physical volumes
|
pvs \- report information about physical volumes
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B pvs
|
.B pvs
|
||||||
[\-a|\-\-all]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-all ]
|
||||||
[\-\-aligned] [\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-\-aligned ]
|
||||||
[\-\-ignorelockingfailure] [\-\-nameprefixes] [\-\-noheadings] [\-\-nosuffix]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-o|\-\-options [+]Field[,Field]]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-O|\-\-sort [+|-]Key1[,[+|-]Key2[,...]]]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
[\-P|\-\-partial]
|
.RB [ \-\-nameprefixes ]
|
||||||
[\-\-rows]
|
.RB [ \-\-noheadings ]
|
||||||
[\-\-segments]
|
.RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
||||||
[\-\-separator Separator]
|
.RB [ \-o | \-\-options
|
||||||
[\-\-unbuffered]
|
.RI [ + ] Field [ ,Field ...]]
|
||||||
[\-\-units hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE]
|
.RB [ \-O | \-\-sort
|
||||||
[\-\-unquoted]
|
.RI [ + | \- ] Key1 [ , [ + | \- ] Key2 ...]]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
[\-\-version] [PhysicalVolume [PhysicalVolume...]]
|
.RB [ \-\-rows ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-segments ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-separator
|
||||||
|
.IR Separator ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-unbuffered ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-units
|
||||||
|
.IR hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-unquoted ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v|\-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-version]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume ...]]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
pvs produces formatted output about physical volumes.
|
pvs produces formatted output about physical volumes.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
\fB\-\-columns\fP.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-all
|
.B \-\-all
|
||||||
Include information in the output about devices that have not been
|
Include information in the output about devices that have not been
|
||||||
initialized with \fBpvcreate\fP.
|
initialized with \fBpvcreate\fP(8).
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-aligned
|
.B \-\-aligned
|
||||||
Use with \-\-separator to align the output columns.
|
Use with \fB\-\-separator\fP to align the output columns.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-nameprefixes
|
.B \-\-nameprefixes
|
||||||
Add an "LVM2_" prefix plus the field name to the output. Useful
|
Add an "LVM2_" prefix plus the field name to the output. Useful
|
||||||
with --noheadings to produce a list of field=value pairs that can
|
with \fB\-\-noheadings\fP to produce a list of field=value pairs that can
|
||||||
be used to set environment variables (for example, in \fBudev (7)\fP rules).
|
be used to set environment variables (for example, in \fBudev\fP(7) rules).
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-noheadings
|
.B \-\-noheadings
|
||||||
Suppress the headings line that is normally the first line of output.
|
Suppress the headings line that is normally the first line of output.
|
||||||
Useful if grepping the output.
|
Useful if grepping the output.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-nosuffix
|
.B \-\-nosuffix
|
||||||
Suppress the suffix on output sizes. Use with \-\-units (except h and H)
|
Suppress the suffix on output sizes. Use with \fB\-\-units\fP
|
||||||
if processing the output.
|
(except h and H) if processing the output.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-o, \-\-options
|
.BR \-o ", " \-\-options
|
||||||
Comma-separated ordered list of columns. Precede the list with '+' to append
|
Comma-separated ordered list of columns. Precede the list with '\fI+\fP'
|
||||||
to the default selection of columns.
|
to append to the default selection of columns.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Use \fb-o pv_all\fP to select all physical volume columns, and \fb-o pvseg_all\fP
|
Use \fB-o pv_all\fP to select all physical volume columns,
|
||||||
to select all Physical Volume segment columns.
|
and \fB-o pvseg_all\fP to select all Physical Volume segment columns.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Use \fb-o help\fP to view the full list of columns available.
|
Use \fB-o help\fP to view the full list of columns available.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Column names include: pv_fmt, pv_uuid, dev_size, pv_name, pv_mda_free,
|
Column names include: pv_fmt, pv_uuid, dev_size, pv_name, pv_mda_free,
|
||||||
pv_mda_size, pe_start, pv_size, pv_free, pv_used, pv_attr, pv_pe_count,
|
pv_mda_size, pe_start, pv_size, pv_free, pv_used, pv_attr, pv_pe_count,
|
||||||
pv_pe_alloc_count, pv_tags, pv_mda_count, pv_mda_used_count,
|
pv_pe_alloc_count, pv_tags, pv_mda_count, pv_mda_used_count,
|
||||||
pvseg_start, and pvseg_size.
|
pvseg_start, and pvseg_size.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
With --segments, any "pvseg_" prefixes are optional; otherwise any
|
With \fB\-\-segments\fP, any "pvseg_" prefixes are optional; otherwise any
|
||||||
"pv_" prefixes are optional. Columns mentioned in \fBvgs (8)\fP can also
|
"pv_" prefixes are optional. Columns mentioned in \fBvgs\fP(8) can also
|
||||||
be chosen. The pv_attr bits are: (a)llocatable, e(x)ported and (m)issing.
|
be chosen. The pv_attr bits are: (a)llocatable, e(x)ported and (m)issing.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-segments
|
.B \-\-segments
|
||||||
Produces one line of output for each contiguous allocation of space on each
|
Produces one line of output for each contiguous allocation of space on each
|
||||||
Physical Volume, showing the start (pvseg_start) and length (pvseg_size) in
|
Physical Volume, showing the start (pvseg_start) and length (pvseg_size) in
|
||||||
units of physical extents.
|
units of physical extents.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-O, \-\-sort
|
.BR \-O ", " \-\-sort
|
||||||
Comma-separated ordered list of columns to sort by. Replaces the default
|
Comma-separated ordered list of columns to sort by. Replaces the default
|
||||||
selection. Precede any column with - for a reverse sort on that column.
|
selection. Precede any column with '\fI\-\fP' for a reverse sort on that
|
||||||
|
column.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-rows
|
.B \-\-rows
|
||||||
Output columns as rows.
|
Output columns as rows.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-separator Separator
|
.B \-\-separator \fISeparator
|
||||||
String to use to separate each column. Useful if grepping the output.
|
String to use to separate each column. Useful if grepping the output.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-unbuffered
|
.B \-\-unbuffered
|
||||||
Produce output immediately without sorting or aligning the columns properly.
|
Produce output immediately without sorting or aligning the columns properly.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-units hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE
|
.B \-\-units \fIhHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE
|
||||||
All sizes are output in these units: (h)uman-readable, (b)ytes, (s)ectors,
|
All sizes are output in these units: (h)uman-readable, (b)ytes, (s)ectors,
|
||||||
(k)ilobytes, (m)egabytes, (g)igabytes, (t)erabytes, (p)etabytes, (e)xabytes.
|
(k)ilobytes, (m)egabytes, (g)igabytes, (t)erabytes, (p)etabytes, (e)xabytes.
|
||||||
Capitalise to use multiples of 1000 (S.I.) instead of 1024. Can also specify
|
Capitalise to use multiples of 1000 (S.I.) instead of 1024. Can also specify
|
||||||
custom units e.g. \-\-units 3M
|
custom units e.g. \-\-units 3M
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-unquoted
|
.B \-\-unquoted
|
||||||
When used with --nameprefixes, output values in the field=value pairs are not quoted.
|
When used with \fB\-\-nameprefixes\fP, output values in the field=value
|
||||||
|
pairs are not quoted.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR pvdisplay (8),
|
.BR pvdisplay (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -17,17 +17,16 @@ pvscan \- scan all disks for physical volumes
|
|||||||
.B pvscan
|
.B pvscan
|
||||||
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.RB \-\-cache
|
.B \-\-cache
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-major
|
.RB [ \-\-major
|
||||||
.IR major
|
.I major
|
||||||
.RB \-\-minor
|
.B \-\-minor
|
||||||
.IR minor
|
.I minor
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||
.RI DevicePath
|
.IR DevicePath ]...
|
||||||
] ...
|
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B pvscan
|
pvscan scans all supported LVM block devices in the system for
|
||||||
scans all supported LVM block devices in the system for physical volumes.
|
physical volumes.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
@ -43,7 +42,7 @@ Short listing format.
|
|||||||
.BR \-u ", " \-\-uuid
|
.BR \-u ", " \-\-uuid
|
||||||
Show UUIDs (Uniform Unique Identifiers) in addition to device special names.
|
Show UUIDs (Uniform Unique Identifiers) in addition to device special names.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-cache " " [ " " \-\-major " " major " " \-\-minor " " minor " " | " " DevicePath " " ] " " ...
|
.BR \-\-cache " [" \-\-major " " \fImajor " " \-\-minor " " \fIminor " | " \fIDevicePath " ]..."
|
||||||
Scan one or more devices and instruct the lvmetad daemon to update its cached
|
Scan one or more devices and instruct the lvmetad daemon to update its cached
|
||||||
state accordingly. Called internally by udev rules.
|
state accordingly. Called internally by udev rules.
|
||||||
All devices listed explicitly are processed \fBregardless\fP of any device
|
All devices listed explicitly are processed \fBregardless\fP of any device
|
||||||
|
@ -4,29 +4,28 @@ vgcfgbackup \- backup volume group descriptor area
|
|||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgcfgbackup
|
.B vgcfgbackup
|
||||||
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-f | \-\-file " filename" ]
|
.RB [ \-f | \-\-file
|
||||||
|
.RI < filename >]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B vgcfgbackup
|
vgcfgbackup allows you to backup the metadata of your volume groups.
|
||||||
allows you to backup the metadata
|
If you don't name any volume groups on the command line, all of them
|
||||||
of your volume groups.
|
|
||||||
If you don't name any volume groups on the command line, all of them
|
|
||||||
will be backed up.
|
will be backed up.
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
In a default installation, each volume group gets backed up into a separate
|
In a default installation, each volume group gets backed up into a separate
|
||||||
file bearing the name of the volume group in the directory #DEFAULT_BACKUP_DIR#.
|
file bearing the name of the volume group in the directory #DEFAULT_BACKUP_DIR#.
|
||||||
You can write the backup to an alternative file using -f. In this case
|
You can write the backup to an alternative file using \fB-f\fP. In this case
|
||||||
if you are backing up more than one volume group the filename is
|
if you are backing up more than one volume group the filename is
|
||||||
treated as a template, and %s gets replaced by the volume group name.
|
treated as a template, and %s gets replaced by the volume group name.
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
NB. This DOESN'T backup user/system data in logical
|
NB. This DOESN'T backup user/system data in logical
|
||||||
volume(s)! Backup #DEFAULT_SYS_DIR# regularly too.
|
volume(s)! Backup #DEFAULT_SYS_DIR# regularly too.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgcfgrestore (8)
|
.BR vgcfgrestore (8)
|
||||||
|
@ -4,40 +4,43 @@ vgcfgrestore \- restore volume group descriptor area
|
|||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgcfgrestore
|
.B vgcfgrestore
|
||||||
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-f | \-\-file " filename" ]
|
.RB [ \-f | \-\-file
|
||||||
.RB [ \-l[l] | \-\-list ]
|
.RI < filename >]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-l [ l ]| \-\-list ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-M | \-\-Metadatatype 1|2]
|
.RB [ \-M | \-\-metadatatype
|
||||||
|
.IR 1 | 2 ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.RI \fIVolumeGroupName\fP
|
.RI \fIVolumeGroupName\fP
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B vgcfgrestore
|
vgcfgrestore allows you to restore the metadata of \fIVolumeGroupName\fP
|
||||||
allows you to restore the metadata of \fIVolumeGroupName\fP from a text
|
from a text backup file produced by \fBvgcfgbackup\fP.
|
||||||
backup file produced by \fBvgcfgbackup\fP. You can specify a backup file
|
You can specify a backup file with \fB\-\-file\fP.
|
||||||
with \fP--file\fP. If no backup file is specified, the most recent
|
If no backup file is specified, the most recent
|
||||||
one is used. Use \fB--list\fP for a list of the available
|
one is used. Use \fB\-\-list\fP for a list of the available
|
||||||
backup and archive files of \fIVolumeGroupName\fP.
|
backup and archive files of \fIVolumeGroupName\fP.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB-l | --list\fP \(em List files pertaining to \fIVolumeGroupName\fP
|
.BR \-l ", " \-\-list\fP
|
||||||
|
List files pertaining to \fIVolumeGroupName\fP
|
||||||
List metadata backup and archive files pertaining to \fIVolumeGroupName\fP.
|
List metadata backup and archive files pertaining to \fIVolumeGroupName\fP.
|
||||||
May be used with the \fB-f\fP option. Does not restore \fIVolumeGroupName\fP.
|
May be used with the \fB\-f\fP option. Does not restore \fIVolumeGroupName\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fB-f | --file\fP filename \(em Name of LVM metadata backup file
|
.BR \-f ", " \-\-file " " \fIfilename
|
||||||
|
Name of LVM metadata backup file
|
||||||
Specifies a metadata backup or archive file to be used for restoring
|
Specifies a metadata backup or archive file to be used for restoring
|
||||||
VolumeGroupName. Often this file has been created with \fBvgcfgbackup\fP.
|
VolumeGroupName. Often this file has been created with \fBvgcfgbackup\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
|
||||||
.SH REPLACING PHYSICAL VOLUMES
|
.SH REPLACING PHYSICAL VOLUMES
|
||||||
\fBvgdisplay --partial --verbose\fP will show you the UUIDs and sizes of
|
\fBvgdisplay \-\-partial \-\-verbose\fP will show you the UUIDs and sizes of
|
||||||
any PVs that are no longer present.
|
any PVs that are no longer present.
|
||||||
If a PV in the VG is lost and you wish to substitute
|
If a PV in the VG is lost and you wish to substitute
|
||||||
another of the same size, use
|
another of the same size, use
|
||||||
\fBpvcreate --restorefile filename --uuid uuid\fP (plus additional
|
\fBpvcreate \-\-restorefile filename \-\-uuid uuid\fP (plus additional
|
||||||
arguments as appropriate) to initialise it with the same UUID as
|
arguments as appropriate) to initialise it with the same UUID as
|
||||||
the missing PV. Repeat for all other missing PVs in the VG.
|
the missing PV. Repeat for all other missing PVs in the VG.
|
||||||
Then use \fBvgcfgrestore --file filename\fP to restore the volume
|
Then use \fBvgcfgrestore \-\-file filename\fP to restore the volume
|
||||||
group's metadata.
|
group's metadata.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -7,39 +7,45 @@ vgchange \- change attributes of a volume group
|
|||||||
.IR Tag ]
|
.IR Tag ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
||||||
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup " {" y | n }]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
.RB [ \-a | \-\-available " [e|l] {" y | n }]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-monitor " {" y | n }]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-available
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-poll " {" y | n }]
|
.RI [ e | l ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-c | \-\-clustered " {" y | n }]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-monitor
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-poll
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-c | \-\-clustered
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-u | \-\-uuid ]
|
.RB [ \-u | \-\-uuid ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-deltag
|
.RB [ \-\-deltag
|
||||||
.IR Tag ]
|
.IR Tag ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-ignoremonitoring]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignoremonitoring ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-sysinit]
|
.RB [ \-\-sysinit ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync ]
|
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-l | \-\-logicalvolume
|
.RB [ \-l | \-\-logicalvolume
|
||||||
.IR MaxLogicalVolumes ]
|
.IR MaxLogicalVolumes ]
|
||||||
.RB [ -p | \-\-maxphysicalvolumes
|
.RB [ -p | \-\-maxphysicalvolumes
|
||||||
.IR MaxPhysicalVolumes ]
|
.IR MaxPhysicalVolumes ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-[vg]metadatacopies ]
|
.RB [ \-\- [ vg ] metadatacopies ]
|
||||||
.IR NumberOfCopies|unmanaged|all ]
|
.IR NumberOfCopies | unmanaged | all ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial]
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-s | \-\-physicalextentsize
|
.RB [ \-s | \-\-physicalextentsize
|
||||||
.IR PhysicalExtentSize [ \fBbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE\fR ]]
|
.IR PhysicalExtentSize [ bBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-refresh]
|
.RB [ \-\-refresh ]
|
||||||
.RB [ -t | \-\-test]
|
.RB [ -t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-x | \-\-resizeable " {" y | n }]
|
.RB [ \-x | \-\-resizeable
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B vgchange
|
vgchange allows you to change the attributes of one or more
|
||||||
allows you to change the attributes of one or more volume groups.
|
volume groups. Its main purpose is to activate and deactivate
|
||||||
Its main purpose is to activate and deactivate
|
|
||||||
.IR VolumeGroupName ,
|
.IR VolumeGroupName ,
|
||||||
or all volume groups if none is specified. Only active volume groups
|
or all volume groups if none is specified. Only active volume groups
|
||||||
are subject to changes and allow access to their logical volumes.
|
are subject to changes and allow access to their logical volumes.
|
||||||
@ -51,25 +57,25 @@ snapshots should be removed (see
|
|||||||
.BR lvremove (8)).
|
.BR lvremove (8)).
|
||||||
]
|
]
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-A ", " \-\-autobackup " " { y | n }
|
.BR \-A ", " \-\-autobackup " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Controls automatic backup of metadata after the change. See
|
Controls automatic backup of metadata after the change. See
|
||||||
.B vgcfgbackup (8).
|
.BR vgcfgbackup (8).
|
||||||
Default is yes.
|
Default is yes.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-a ", " \-\-available " " [e|l] { y | n }
|
.BR \-a ", " \-\-available " [" \fIe | \fIl ]{ \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Controls the availability of the logical volumes in the volume
|
Controls the availability of the logical volumes in the volume
|
||||||
group for input/output.
|
group for input/output.
|
||||||
In other words, makes the logical volumes known/unknown to the kernel.
|
In other words, makes the logical volumes known/unknown to the kernel.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
If clustered locking is enabled, add 'e' to activate/deactivate
|
If clustered locking is enabled, add 'e' to activate/deactivate
|
||||||
exclusively on one node or 'l' to activate/deactivate only
|
exclusively on one node or 'l' to activate/deactivate only
|
||||||
on the local node.
|
on the local node.
|
||||||
Logical volumes with single-host snapshots are always activated
|
Logical volumes with single-host snapshots are always activated
|
||||||
exclusively because they can only be used on one node at once.
|
exclusively because they can only be used on one node at once.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-c ", " \-\-clustered " " { y | n }
|
.BR \-c ", " \-\-clustered " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
If clustered locking is enabled, this indicates whether this
|
If clustered locking is enabled, this indicates whether this
|
||||||
Volume Group is shared with other nodes in the cluster or whether
|
Volume Group is shared with other nodes in the cluster or whether
|
||||||
it contains only local disks that are not visible on the other nodes.
|
it contains only local disks that are not visible on the other nodes.
|
||||||
@ -80,32 +86,35 @@ are not marked as clustered.
|
|||||||
.BR \-u ", " \-\-uuid
|
.BR \-u ", " \-\-uuid
|
||||||
Generate new random UUID for specified Volume Groups.
|
Generate new random UUID for specified Volume Groups.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-monitor " " { y | n }
|
.BR \-\-monitor " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Start or stop monitoring a mirrored or snapshot logical volume with
|
Start or stop monitoring a mirrored or snapshot logical volume with
|
||||||
dmeventd, if it is installed.
|
dmeventd, if it is installed.
|
||||||
If a device used by a monitored mirror reports an I/O error,
|
If a device used by a monitored mirror reports an I/O error,
|
||||||
the failure is handled according to
|
the failure is handled according to
|
||||||
.BR mirror_image_fault_policy
|
.B mirror_image_fault_policy
|
||||||
and
|
and
|
||||||
.BR mirror_log_fault_policy
|
.B mirror_log_fault_policy
|
||||||
set in
|
set in
|
||||||
.BR lvm.conf (5).
|
.BR lvm.conf (5).
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-poll " " { y | n }
|
.BR \-\-poll " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Without polling a logical volume's backgrounded transformation process
|
Without polling a logical volume's backgrounded transformation process
|
||||||
will never complete. If there is an incomplete pvmove or lvconvert (for
|
will never complete. If there is an incomplete pvmove or lvconvert (for
|
||||||
example, on rebooting after a crash), use \fB--poll y\fP to restart the
|
example, on rebooting after a crash), use \fB\-\-poll y\fP to restart the
|
||||||
process from its last checkpoint. However, it may not be appropriate to
|
process from its last checkpoint. However, it may not be appropriate to
|
||||||
immediately poll a logical volume when it is activated, use \fB--poll
|
immediately poll a logical volume when it is activated, use
|
||||||
n\fP to defer and then \fB--poll y\fP to restart the process.
|
\fB\-\-poll n\fP to defer and then \fB\-\-poll y\fP to restart the process.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-sysinit
|
.BR \-\-sysinit
|
||||||
Indicates that vgchange(8) is being invoked from early system initialisation
|
Indicates that vgchange(8) is being invoked from early system initialisation
|
||||||
scripts (e.g. rc.sysinit or an initrd), before writeable filesystems are
|
scripts (e.g. rc.sysinit or an initrd), before writeable filesystems are
|
||||||
available. As such, some functionality needs to be disabled and this option
|
available. As such, some functionality needs to be disabled and this option
|
||||||
acts as a shortcut which selects an appropriate set of options. Currently
|
acts as a shortcut which selects an appropriate set of options. Currently
|
||||||
this is equivalent to using \fB--ignorelockingfailure\fP, \fB--ignoremonitoring\fP,
|
this is equivalent to using
|
||||||
\fB--poll n\fP and setting \fBLVM_SUPPRESS_LOCKING_FAILURE_MESSAGES\fP
|
.BR \-\-ignorelockingfailure ,
|
||||||
|
.BR \-\-ignoremonitoring ,
|
||||||
|
.B \-\-poll n
|
||||||
|
and setting \fBLVM_SUPPRESS_LOCKING_FAILURE_MESSAGES\fP
|
||||||
environment variable.
|
environment variable.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-noudevsync
|
.BR \-\-noudevsync
|
||||||
@ -116,16 +125,16 @@ in the background. You should only use this if udev is not running
|
|||||||
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-ignoremonitoring
|
.BR \-\-ignoremonitoring
|
||||||
Make no attempt to interact with dmeventd unless
|
Make no attempt to interact with dmeventd unless
|
||||||
.BR \-\-monitor
|
.BR \-\-monitor
|
||||||
is specified.
|
is specified.
|
||||||
Do not use this if dmeventd is already monitoring a device.
|
Do not use this if dmeventd is already monitoring a device.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-l ", " \-\-logicalvolume " " \fIMaxLogicalVolumes\fR
|
.BR \-l ", " \-\-logicalvolume " " \fIMaxLogicalVolumes
|
||||||
Changes the maximum logical volume number of an existing inactive
|
Changes the maximum logical volume number of an existing inactive
|
||||||
volume group.
|
volume group.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-p ", " \-\-maxphysicalvolumes " " \fIMaxPhysicalVolumes\fR
|
.BR \-p ", " \-\-maxphysicalvolumes " " \fIMaxPhysicalVolumes
|
||||||
Changes the maximum number of physical volumes that can belong
|
Changes the maximum number of physical volumes that can belong
|
||||||
to this volume group.
|
to this volume group.
|
||||||
For volume groups with metadata in lvm1 format, the limit is 255.
|
For volume groups with metadata in lvm1 format, the limit is 255.
|
||||||
@ -135,7 +144,7 @@ a volume group with metadata in lvm2 format, for tool performance reasons,
|
|||||||
you should consider some use of \fB--pvmetadatacopies 0\fP as described in
|
you should consider some use of \fB--pvmetadatacopies 0\fP as described in
|
||||||
\fBpvcreate(8)\fP, and/or use \fB--vgmetadatacopies\fP.
|
\fBpvcreate(8)\fP, and/or use \fB--vgmetadatacopies\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-[vg]metadatacopies " " \fINumberOfCopies|unmanaged|all\fP
|
.BR \-\- [ vg ] metadatacopies " " \fINumberOfCopies | \fIunmanaged | \fIall
|
||||||
Sets the desired number of metadata copies in the volume group. If set to
|
Sets the desired number of metadata copies in the volume group. If set to
|
||||||
a non-zero value, LVM will automatically manage the 'metadataignore'
|
a non-zero value, LVM will automatically manage the 'metadataignore'
|
||||||
flags on the physical volumes (see \fBpvchange\fP or \fBpvcreate --metadataignore\fP) in order
|
flags on the physical volumes (see \fBpvchange\fP or \fBpvcreate --metadataignore\fP) in order
|
||||||
@ -147,26 +156,26 @@ The \fBvgmetadatacopies\fP option is useful for volume groups containing
|
|||||||
large numbers of physical volumes with metadata as it may be used to
|
large numbers of physical volumes with metadata as it may be used to
|
||||||
minimize metadata read and write overhead.
|
minimize metadata read and write overhead.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-s ", " \-\-physicalextentsize " " \fIPhysicalExtentSize\fR[\fBbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE\fR]
|
.BR \-s ", " \-\-physicalextentsize " " \fIPhysicalExtentSize [ \fIBbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
Changes the physical extent size on physical volumes of this volume group.
|
Changes the physical extent size on physical volumes of this volume group.
|
||||||
A size suffix (k for kilobytes up to t for terabytes) is optional, megabytes
|
A size suffix (k for kilobytes up to t for terabytes) is optional, megabytes
|
||||||
is the default if no suffix is present.
|
is the default if no suffix is present.
|
||||||
The default is 4 MB and it must be at least 1 KB and a power of 2.
|
The default is 4 MiB and it must be at least 1 KiB and a power of 2.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Before increasing the physical extent size, you might need to use lvresize,
|
Before increasing the physical extent size, you might need to use lvresize,
|
||||||
pvresize and/or pvmove so that everything fits. For example, every
|
pvresize and/or pvmove so that everything fits. For example, every
|
||||||
contiguous range of extents used in a logical volume must start and
|
contiguous range of extents used in a logical volume must start and
|
||||||
end on an extent boundary.
|
end on an extent boundary.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the volume group metadata uses lvm1 format, extents can vary in size from
|
If the volume group metadata uses lvm1 format, extents can vary in size from
|
||||||
8KB to 16GB and there is a limit of 65534 extents in each logical volume. The
|
8KiB to 16GiB and there is a limit of 65534 extents in each logical volume.
|
||||||
default of 4 MB leads to a maximum logical volume size of around 256GB.
|
The default of 4 MiB leads to a maximum logical volume size of around 256GiB.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the volume group metadata uses lvm2 format those restrictions do not apply,
|
If the volume group metadata uses lvm2 format those restrictions do not apply,
|
||||||
but having a large number of extents will slow down the tools but have no
|
but having a large number of extents will slow down the tools but have no
|
||||||
impact on I/O performance to the logical volume. The smallest PE is 1KB.
|
impact on I/O performance to the logical volume. The smallest PE is 1KiB.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The 2.4 kernel has a limitation of 2TB per block device.
|
The 2.4 kernel has a limitation of 2TiB per block device.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-refresh
|
.BR \-\-refresh
|
||||||
If any logical volume in the volume group is active, reload its metadata.
|
If any logical volume in the volume group is active, reload its metadata.
|
||||||
@ -174,24 +183,20 @@ This is not necessary in normal operation, but may be useful
|
|||||||
if something has gone wrong or if you're doing clustering
|
if something has gone wrong or if you're doing clustering
|
||||||
manually without a clustered lock manager.
|
manually without a clustered lock manager.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-x ", " \-\-resizeable " " { y | n }
|
.BR \-x ", " \-\-resizeable " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
Enables or disables the extension/reduction of this volume group
|
Enables or disables the extension/reduction of this volume group
|
||||||
with/by physical volumes.
|
with/by physical volumes.
|
||||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
To activate all known volume groups in the system:
|
To activate all known volume groups in the system:
|
||||||
.nf
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B vgchange -a y
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\ vgchange -a y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.fi
|
|
||||||
To change the maximum number of logical volumes of inactive volume group
|
To change the maximum number of logical volumes of inactive volume group
|
||||||
.B vg00
|
vg00 to 128.
|
||||||
to 128.
|
.sp
|
||||||
.nf
|
.B vgchange -l 128 /dev/vg00
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\ vgchange -l 128 /dev/vg00
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.fi
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvchange (8),
|
.BR lvchange (8),
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,11 +3,14 @@
|
|||||||
vgck \- check volume group metadata
|
vgck \- check volume group metadata
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgck
|
.B vgck
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help] [\-v|\-\-verbose] [VolumeGroupName...]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
vgck checks LVM metadata for each named volume group for consistency.
|
vgck checks LVM metadata for each named volume group for consistency.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -8,29 +8,32 @@ vgconvert \- convert volume group metadata format
|
|||||||
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-labelsector ]
|
.RB [ \-\-labelsector ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-M | \-\-metadatatype type ]
|
.RB [ \-M | \-\-metadatatype
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-pvmetadatacopies #copies ]
|
.IR type ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-metadatasize size ]
|
.RB [ \-\-pvmetadatacopies
|
||||||
|
.IR NumberOfCopies ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-metadatasize
|
||||||
|
.IR size ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
.IR VolumeGroupName " [" VolumeGroupName ...]
|
.I VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B vgconvert
|
vgconvert converts
|
||||||
converts
|
|
||||||
.I VolumeGroupName
|
.I VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
metadata from one format to another provided that the metadata
|
metadata from one format to another provided that the metadata
|
||||||
fits into the same space.
|
fits into the same space.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP(8) and \fBpvcreate\fP(8) for options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) and \fBpvcreate\fP(8) for options.
|
||||||
.SH EXAMPLE
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
Convert volume group vg1 from LVM1 metadata format to the new LVM2
|
Convert volume group vg1 from LVM1 metadata format to the new LVM2
|
||||||
metadata format.
|
metadata format.
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
.B vgconvert -M2 vg1
|
.B vgconvert \-M2 vg1
|
||||||
.SH RECOVERY
|
.SH RECOVERY
|
||||||
Use \fBpvscan\fP(8) to see which PVs lost their metadata.
|
Use \fBpvscan\fP(8) to see which PVs lost their metadata.
|
||||||
Run \fBpvcreate\fP(8) with the --uuid and --restorefile options on each
|
Run \fBpvcreate\fP(8) with the \fB\-\-uuid\fP and \fB\-\-restorefile\fP
|
||||||
such PV to reformat it as it was, using the archive file that
|
options on each such PV to reformat it as it was, using the archive
|
||||||
\fBvgconvert\fP(8) created at the start of the procedure.
|
file that \fBvgconvert\fP(8) created at the start of the procedure.
|
||||||
Finally run \fBvgcfgrestore\fP(8) with that archive file to restore
|
Finally run \fBvgcfgrestore\fP(8) with that archive file to restore
|
||||||
the original metadata.
|
the original metadata.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
|
@ -5,79 +5,83 @@ vgcreate \- create a volume group
|
|||||||
.B vgcreate
|
.B vgcreate
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-addtag
|
.RB [ \-\-addtag
|
||||||
.IR Tag ]
|
.IR Tag ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
||||||
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup " {" y | n }]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
.RB [ \-c | \-\-clustered " {" y | n }]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-c | \-\-clustered
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-l | \-\-maxlogicalvolumes
|
.RB [ \-l | \-\-maxlogicalvolumes
|
||||||
.IR MaxLogicalVolumes ]
|
.IR MaxLogicalVolumes ]
|
||||||
.RB [ -M | \-\-metadatatype type]
|
.RB [ -M | \-\-metadatatype
|
||||||
|
.IR type ]
|
||||||
.RB [ -p | \-\-maxphysicalvolumes
|
.RB [ -p | \-\-maxphysicalvolumes
|
||||||
.IR MaxPhysicalVolumes ]
|
.IR MaxPhysicalVolumes ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-[vg]metadatacopies ]
|
.RB [ \-\- [ vg ] metadatacopies
|
||||||
.IR NumberOfCopies|unmanaged|all ]
|
.IR NumberOfCopies | unmanaged | all ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-s | \-\-physicalextentsize
|
.RB [ \-s | \-\-physicalextentsize
|
||||||
.IR PhysicalExtentSize [ \fBbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE\fR ]]
|
.IR PhysicalExtentSize [ bBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
[ \fIPHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS\fP ]
|
.RB [ "PHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS" ]
|
||||||
.I VolumeGroupName PhysicalDevicePath
|
.I VolumeGroupName PhysicalDevicePath
|
||||||
.RI [ PhysicalDevicePath ...]
|
.RI [ PhysicalDevicePath ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B vgcreate
|
vgcreate creates a new volume group called
|
||||||
creates a new volume group called
|
|
||||||
.I VolumeGroupName
|
.I VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
using the block special device \fIPhysicalDevicePath\fP.
|
using the block special device \fIPhysicalDevicePath\fP.
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
If \fIPhysicalDevicePath\fP was not previously configured for LVM with
|
If \fIPhysicalDevicePath\fP was not previously configured for LVM with
|
||||||
\fBpvcreate (8)\fP, the device will be initialized with the same
|
\fBpvcreate\fP(8), the device will be initialized with the same
|
||||||
default values used with \fBpvcreate\fP. If non-default
|
default values used with \fBpvcreate\fP(8). If non-default
|
||||||
\fPpvcreate\fP values are desired, they may be given on the
|
\fPpvcreate\fP values are desired, they may be given on the
|
||||||
commandline with the same options as \fPpvcreate\fP. See
|
commandline with the same options as \fBpvcreate\fP(8). See
|
||||||
\fBPHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS\fP for available options. Note
|
.B PHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS
|
||||||
that the restore-related options such as --restorefile, --uuid,
|
for available options. Note that the restore-related options such as
|
||||||
and --physicalvolumesize are not available. If a restore operation
|
.BR \-\-restorefile ", " \-\-uuid " and " \-\-physicalvolumesize
|
||||||
is needed, use \fBpvcreate (8)\fP and \fBvgcfgrestore (8)\fP.
|
are not available. If a restore operation is needed, use
|
||||||
|
\fBpvcreate\fP(8) and \fBvgcfgrestore\fP(8).
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-c ", " \-\-clustered " " { y | n }
|
.BR \-c ", " \-\-clustered " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
If clustered locking is enabled, this defaults to \fBy\fP indicating that
|
If clustered locking is enabled, this defaults to \fBy\fP indicating that
|
||||||
this Volume Group is shared with other nodes in the cluster.
|
this Volume Group is shared with other nodes in the cluster.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the new Volume Group contains only local disks that are not visible
|
If the new Volume Group contains only local disks that are not visible
|
||||||
on the other nodes, you must specify \fB\-\-clustered\ n\fP.
|
on the other nodes, you must specify \fB\-\-clustered\ n\fP.
|
||||||
If the cluster infrastructure is unavailable on a particular node at a
|
If the cluster infrastructure is unavailable on a particular node at a
|
||||||
particular time, you may still be able to use such Volume Groups.
|
particular time, you may still be able to use such Volume Groups.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-l ", " \-\-maxlogicalvolumes " " \fIMaxLogicalVolumes\fR
|
.BR \-l ", " \-\-maxlogicalvolumes " " \fIMaxLogicalVolumes
|
||||||
Sets the maximum number of logical volumes allowed in this
|
Sets the maximum number of logical volumes allowed in this
|
||||||
volume group.
|
volume group.
|
||||||
The setting can be changed with \fBvgchange\fP.
|
The setting can be changed with \fBvgchange\fP(8).
|
||||||
For volume groups with metadata in lvm1 format, the limit
|
For volume groups with metadata in lvm1 format, the limit
|
||||||
and default value is 255.
|
and default value is 255.
|
||||||
If the metadata uses lvm2 format, the default value is 0
|
If the metadata uses lvm2 format, the default value is 0
|
||||||
which removes this restriction: there is then no limit.
|
which removes this restriction: there is then no limit.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-p ", " \-\-maxphysicalvolumes " " \fIMaxPhysicalVolumes\fR
|
.BR \-p ", " \-\-maxphysicalvolumes " " \fIMaxPhysicalVolumes
|
||||||
Sets the maximum number of physical volumes that can belong
|
Sets the maximum number of physical volumes that can belong
|
||||||
to this volume group.
|
to this volume group.
|
||||||
The setting can be changed with \fBvgchange\fP.
|
The setting can be changed with \fBvgchange\fP.
|
||||||
For volume groups with metadata in lvm1 format, the limit
|
For volume groups with metadata in lvm1 format, the limit
|
||||||
and default value is 255.
|
and default value is 255.
|
||||||
If the metadata uses lvm2 format, the value 0 removes this restriction:
|
If the metadata uses lvm2 format, the value 0 removes this restriction:
|
||||||
there is then no limit. If you have a large number of physical volumes in
|
there is then no limit. If you have a large number of physical volumes in
|
||||||
a volume group with metadata in lvm2 format, for tool performance reasons,
|
a volume group with metadata in lvm2 format, for tool performance reasons,
|
||||||
you should consider some use of \fB--pvmetadatacopies 0\fP as described in
|
you should consider some use of \fB\-\-pvmetadatacopies 0\fP as described in
|
||||||
\fBpvcreate(8)\fP, and/or use \fB--vgmetadatacopies\fP.
|
\fBpvcreate\fP(8), and/or use \fB\-\-vgmetadatacopies\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-vgmetadatacopies " " \fINumberOfCopies|unmanaged|all\fP
|
.BR \-\- [ vg ] metadatacopies " " \fINumberOfCopies | \fIunmanaged | \fIall
|
||||||
Sets the desired number of metadata copies in the volume group. If set to
|
Sets the desired number of metadata copies in the volume group. If set to
|
||||||
a non-zero value, LVM will automatically manage the 'metadataignore'
|
a non-zero value, LVM will automatically manage the 'metadataignore'
|
||||||
flags on the physical volumes (see \fBpvcreate\fP or \fBpvchange\fP --metadataignore\fP) in order
|
flags on the physical volumes (see \fBpvcreate\fP(8) or
|
||||||
|
\fBpvchange \-\-metadataignore\fP) in order
|
||||||
to achieve \fINumberOfCopies\fP copies of metadata. If set to \fIunmanaged\fP,
|
to achieve \fINumberOfCopies\fP copies of metadata. If set to \fIunmanaged\fP,
|
||||||
LVM will not automatically manage the 'metadataignore' flags. If set to
|
LVM will not automatically manage the 'metadataignore' flags. If set to
|
||||||
\fIall\fP, LVM will first clear all of the 'metadataignore' flags on all
|
\fIall\fP, LVM will first clear all of the 'metadataignore' flags on all
|
||||||
@ -87,56 +91,53 @@ large numbers of physical volumes with metadata as it may be used to
|
|||||||
minimize metadata read and write overhead.
|
minimize metadata read and write overhead.
|
||||||
The default value is \fIunmanaged\fP.
|
The default value is \fIunmanaged\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-s ", " \-\-physicalextentsize " " \fIPhysicalExtentSize\fR[\fBbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE\fR]
|
.BR \-s ", " \-\-physicalextentsize " " \fIPhysicalExtentSize [ \fIbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
Sets the physical extent size on physical volumes of this volume group.
|
Sets the physical extent size on physical volumes of this volume group.
|
||||||
A size suffix (k for kilobytes up to t for terabytes) is optional, megabytes
|
A size suffix (k for kilobytes up to t for terabytes) is optional, megabytes
|
||||||
is the default if no suffix is present.
|
is the default if no suffix is present.
|
||||||
The default is 4 MB and it must be at least 1 KB and a power of 2.
|
The default is 4 MiB and it must be at least 1 KiB and a power of 2.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Once this value has been set, it is difficult to change it without recreating
|
Once this value has been set, it is difficult to change it without recreating
|
||||||
the volume group which would involve backing up and restoring data on any
|
the volume group which would involve backing up and restoring data on any
|
||||||
logical volumes. However, if no extents need moving for the new
|
logical volumes. However, if no extents need moving for the new
|
||||||
value to apply, it can be altered using vgchange \-s.
|
value to apply, it can be altered using \fBvgchange \-s\fP.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the volume group metadata uses lvm1 format, extents can vary in size from
|
If the volume group metadata uses lvm1 format, extents can vary in size from
|
||||||
8KB to 16GB and there is a limit of 65534 extents in each logical volume. The
|
8KiB to 16GiB and there is a limit of 65534 extents in each logical volume. The
|
||||||
default of 4 MB leads to a maximum logical volume size of around 256GB.
|
default of 4 MiB leads to a maximum logical volume size of around 256GiB.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the volume group metadata uses lvm2 format those restrictions do not apply,
|
If the volume group metadata uses lvm2 format those restrictions do not apply,
|
||||||
but having a large number of extents will slow down the tools but have no
|
but having a large number of extents will slow down the tools but have no
|
||||||
impact on I/O performance to the logical volume. The smallest PE is 1KB.
|
impact on I/O performance to the logical volume. The smallest PE is 1KiB
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The 2.4 kernel has a limitation of 2TiB per block device.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The 2.4 kernel has a limitation of 2TB per block device.
|
|
||||||
.SH PHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS
|
.SH PHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS
|
||||||
The following options are available for initializing physical devices in the
|
The following options are available for initializing physical devices in the
|
||||||
volume group. These options are further described in the pvcreate man page.
|
volume group. These options are further described in the \fBpvcreate\fP(8)
|
||||||
|
man page.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-y ", " \-\-yes
|
.BR \-y ", " \-\-yes
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-Z ", " \-\-zero " y|n"
|
.BR \-Z ", " \-\-zero " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-labelsector " sector"
|
.B \-\-labelsector \fIsector
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-metadatasize " size"
|
.B \-\-metadatasize \fIsize
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-pvmetadatacopies " copies"
|
.B \-\-pvmetadatacopies \fIcopies
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-dataalignment " alignment"
|
.B \-\-dataalignment \fIalignment
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-dataalignmentoffset " alignment_offset"
|
.B \-\-dataalignmentoffset \fIalignment_offset
|
||||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
To create a volume group named
|
Creates a volume group named "test_vg" using physical volumes "/dev/sdk1"
|
||||||
.B test_vg
|
and "/dev/sdl1" with default physical extent size of 4MiB:
|
||||||
using physical volumes
|
.sp
|
||||||
.BR /dev/sdk1 ", and " /dev/sdl1
|
.B vgcreate test_vg /dev/sdk1 /dev/sdl1
|
||||||
with default physical extent size of 4MB:
|
|
||||||
.nf
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\ vgcreate test_vg /dev/sdk1 /dev/sdl1
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.fi
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR pvdisplay (8),
|
.BR pvdisplay (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -4,41 +4,54 @@ vgdisplay \- display attributes of volume groups
|
|||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgdisplay
|
.B vgdisplay
|
||||||
.RB [ \-A | \-\-activevolumegroups ]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-activevolumegroups ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-c | \-\-colon | \-s | \-\-short | \-v|\-\-verbose ]
|
.RB [ \-c | \-\-colon ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-s | \-\-short ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
.RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
.RB [\-\-units hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE]
|
.RB [ \-\-units
|
||||||
|
.IR hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
.RI [VolumeGroupName [VolumeGroupName...]]
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]]
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.br
|
.br
|
||||||
.B vgdisplay \-\-columns | \-C
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-aligned ] [ \-d|\-\-debug ] [ \-h|\-?|\-\-help ]
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ] [ \-\-noheadings ] [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-o|\-\-options [+]Field[,Field] ]
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-O|\-\-sort [+|-]Key1[,[+|-]Key2[,...]] ]
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-P|\-\-partial ]
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-separator Separator ]
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-unbuffered ]
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-units hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v|\-\-verbose ]
|
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
|
||||||
.RI [VolumeGroupName [VolumeGroupName...]]
|
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
|
||||||
.B vgdisplay
|
.B vgdisplay
|
||||||
allows you to see the attributes of
|
.BR \-\-columns | \-C
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-aligned ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-noheadings ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-o|\-\-options
|
||||||
|
.RI [ + ] Field1 [ ,Field2 ...]]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-O | \-\-sort
|
||||||
|
.RI [ + | - ] Key1 [ , [ + | - ] Key2 ...]]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-separator
|
||||||
|
.IR Separator ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-unbuffered ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-units
|
||||||
|
.IR hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]]
|
||||||
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
|
vgdisplay allows you to see the attributes of
|
||||||
.I VolumeGroupName
|
.I VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
(or all volume groups if none is given) with it's physical and logical
|
(or all volume groups if none is given) with it's physical and logical
|
||||||
volumes and their sizes etc.
|
volumes and their sizes etc.
|
||||||
.P
|
.P
|
||||||
\fBvgs\fP (8) is an alternative that provides the same information
|
\fBvgs\fP(8) is an alternative that provides the same information
|
||||||
in the style of \fBps\fP (1).
|
in the style of \fBps\fP(1).
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options and \fBvgs\fP for options given with
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options and \fBvgs\fP(8) for options given with
|
||||||
\fB\-\-columns\fP.
|
\fB\-\-columns\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-A ", " \-\-activevolumegroups
|
.BR \-A ", " \-\-activevolumegroups
|
||||||
@ -46,7 +59,7 @@ Only select the active volume groups.
|
|||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-c ", " \-\-colon
|
.BR \-c ", " \-\-colon
|
||||||
Generate colon separated output for easier parsing in scripts or programs.
|
Generate colon separated output for easier parsing in scripts or programs.
|
||||||
N.B. \fBvgs\fP (8) provides considerably more control over the output.
|
N.B. \fBvgs\fP(8) provides considerably more control over the output.
|
||||||
.nf
|
.nf
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The values are:
|
The values are:
|
||||||
@ -79,12 +92,12 @@ Display verbose information containing long listings of physical
|
|||||||
and logical volumes. If given twice, also display verbose runtime
|
and logical volumes. If given twice, also display verbose runtime
|
||||||
information of vgdisplay's activities.
|
information of vgdisplay's activities.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-version
|
.B \-\-version
|
||||||
Display version and exit successfully.
|
Display version and exit successfully.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-columns | \-C
|
.BR \-\-columns | \-C
|
||||||
Display output in columns, the equivalent of \fBvgs\fP. Options listed
|
Display output in columns, the equivalent of \fBvgs\fP(8).
|
||||||
are the same as options given in \fPvgs (8)\fP.
|
Options listed are the same as options given in \fPvgs\fP(8).
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgs (8),
|
.BR vgs (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,12 +3,14 @@
|
|||||||
vgexport \- make volume groups unknown to the system
|
vgexport \- make volume groups unknown to the system
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgexport
|
.B vgexport
|
||||||
[\-a|\-\-all]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-all ]
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
VolumeGroupName [VolumeGroupName...]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.I VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
vgexport allows you to make the inactive
|
vgexport allows you to make the inactive
|
||||||
.IR VolumeGroupName (s)
|
.IR VolumeGroupName (s)
|
||||||
unknown to the system.
|
unknown to the system.
|
||||||
You can then move all the Physical Volumes in that Volume Group to
|
You can then move all the Physical Volumes in that Volume Group to
|
||||||
@ -16,9 +18,9 @@ a different system for later
|
|||||||
.BR vgimport (8).
|
.BR vgimport (8).
|
||||||
Most LVM2 tools ignore exported Volume Groups.
|
Most LVM2 tools ignore exported Volume Groups.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-a, \-\-all
|
.BR \-a ", " \-\-all
|
||||||
Export all inactive Volume Groups.
|
Export all inactive Volume Groups.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,58 +3,63 @@
|
|||||||
vgextend \- add physical volumes to a volume group
|
vgextend \- add physical volumes to a volume group
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgextend
|
.B vgextend
|
||||||
[\-A|\-\-autobackup y|n] [\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
[\-\-restoremissing]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
[\-f|\-\-force]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-t|\-\-test]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-\-restoremissing ]
|
||||||
[ \fIPHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS\fP ]
|
.RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
|
||||||
VolumeGroupName PhysicalDevicePath [PhysicalDevicePath...]
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ "PHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS" ]
|
||||||
|
.I VolumeGroupName PhysicalDevicePath
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalDevicePath ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
vgextend allows you to add one or more initialized physical volumes ( see
|
vgextend allows you to add one or more initialized physical volumes
|
||||||
.B pvcreate(8)
|
(see \fBpvcreate\fP(8)) to an existing volume group to extend it in size. Moreover, it allows you to
|
||||||
) to an existing volume group to extend it in size. Moreover, it allows you to
|
|
||||||
re-add a physical volume that has gone missing previously, due to a transient
|
re-add a physical volume that has gone missing previously, due to a transient
|
||||||
device failure, without re-initialising it. Use vgextend \-\-restoremissing to
|
device failure, without re-initialising it. Use
|
||||||
that effect.
|
\fBvgextend \-\-restoremissing\fP to that effect.
|
||||||
.sp
|
.sp
|
||||||
If \fIPhysicalDevicePath\fP was not previously configured for LVM with
|
If \fIPhysicalDevicePath\fP was not previously configured for LVM with
|
||||||
\fBpvcreate (8)\fP, the device will be initialized with the same
|
\fBpvcreate\fP(8), the device will be initialized with the same
|
||||||
default values used with \fBpvcreate\fP. If non-default
|
default values used with \fBpvcreate\fP(8). If non-default
|
||||||
\fPpvcreate\fP values are are desired, they may be given on the
|
\fPpvcreate\fP(8) values are desired, they may be given on the
|
||||||
commandline with the same options as \fPpvcreate\fP. See
|
commandline with the same options as \fPpvcreate\fP(8). See
|
||||||
\fBPHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS\fP for available options. Note
|
.B PHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS
|
||||||
that the restore-related options such as --restorefile, --uuid,
|
for available options. Note that the restore-related options such as
|
||||||
and --physicalvolumesize are not available. If a restore operation
|
.BR \-\-restorefile ", " \-\-uuid " and " \-\-physicalvolumesize
|
||||||
is needed, use \fBpvcreate (8)\fP and \fBvgcfgrestore (8)\fP.
|
are not available. If a restore operation
|
||||||
|
is needed, use \fBpvcreate\fP(8) and \fBvgcfgrestore\fP(8).
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.SH PHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS
|
.SH PHYSICAL DEVICE OPTIONS
|
||||||
The following options are available for initializing physical devices in the
|
The following options are available for initializing physical devices in the
|
||||||
volume group. These options are further described in the pvcreate man page.
|
volume group. These options are further described in the
|
||||||
|
\fBpvcreate\fP(8) man page.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-y ", " \-\-yes
|
.BR \-y ", " \-\-yes
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-Z ", " \-\-zero " y|n"
|
.BR \-Z ", " \-\-zero " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-labelsector " sector"
|
.B \-\-labelsector \fIsector
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-metadatasize " size"
|
.B \-\-metadatasize \fIsize
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-metadataignore y|n ]
|
.BR \-\-metadataignore " {" \fIy | \fIn }
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-pvmetadatacopies " copies"
|
.B \-\-pvmetadatacopies \fIcopies
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-dataalignment " alignment"
|
.B \-\-dataalignment \fIalignment
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-dataalignmentoffset " alignment_offset"
|
.B \-\-dataalignmentoffset \fIalignment_offset
|
||||||
.SH Examples
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
"vgextend vg00 /dev/sda4 /dev/sdn1" tries to extend the existing volume
|
Extends the existing volume group "vg00" by the new physical volumes
|
||||||
group "vg00" by the new physical volumes (see
|
(see \fBpvcreate\fP(8)) "/dev/sda4" and "/dev/sdn1".
|
||||||
.B pvcreate(8)
|
.sp
|
||||||
) "/dev/sdn1" and /dev/sda4".
|
.B vgextend vg00 /dev/sda4 /dev/sdn1
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,20 +3,22 @@
|
|||||||
vgimport \- make exported volume groups known to the system
|
vgimport \- make exported volume groups known to the system
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgimport
|
.B vgimport
|
||||||
[\-a|\-\-all]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-all ]
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
VolumeGroupName [VolumeGroupName...]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.I VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B vgimport
|
vgimport allows you to make a Volume Group that was previously
|
||||||
allows you to make a Volume Group that was previously exported using
|
exported using
|
||||||
.BR vgexport (8)
|
.BR vgexport (8)
|
||||||
known to the system again, perhaps after moving its Physical Volumes
|
known to the system again, perhaps after moving its Physical Volumes
|
||||||
from a different machine.
|
from a different machine.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-a, \-\-all
|
.BR \-a ", " \-\-all
|
||||||
Import all exported Volume Groups.
|
Import all exported Volume Groups.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,55 +3,44 @@
|
|||||||
vgimportclone \- import and rename duplicated volume group (e.g. a hardware snapshot)
|
vgimportclone \- import and rename duplicated volume group (e.g. a hardware snapshot)
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgimportclone
|
.B vgimportclone
|
||||||
[\-n|\-\-basevgname VolumeGroupName]
|
.RB [ \-n | \-\-basevgname
|
||||||
[\-i|\-\-import]
|
.IR VolumeGroupName ]
|
||||||
PhysicalVolume [PhysicalVolume...]
|
.RB [ \-i | \-\-import ]
|
||||||
|
.I PhysicalVolume
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolume ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B vgimportclone
|
vgimportclone is used to import a duplicated VG (e.g. hardware snapshot).
|
||||||
is used to import a duplicated VG (e.g. hardware snapshot). Duplicate VG(s)
|
Duplicate VG(s) and PV(s) are not able to be used until they are made
|
||||||
and PV(s) are not able to be used until they are made to coexist with
|
to coexist with the origin VG(s) and PV(s).
|
||||||
the origin VG(s) and PV(s).
|
vgimportclone renames the VG associated with the specified PV(s) and
|
||||||
.B vgimportclone
|
changes the associated VG and PV UUIDs.
|
||||||
renames the VG associated with the specified PV(s) and changes the
|
|
||||||
associated VG and PV UUIDs.
|
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-n|\-\-basevgname VolumeGroupName
|
.BR \-n ", " \-\-basevgname " " \fIVolumeGroupName
|
||||||
By default the snapshot VG will be renamed to the original name plus a
|
By default the snapshot VG will be renamed to the original name plus a
|
||||||
numeric suffix to avoid duplicate naming (e.g. 'test_vg' would be renamed
|
numeric suffix to avoid duplicate naming (e.g. 'test_vg' would be renamed
|
||||||
to 'test_vg1'). This option will override the base VG name that is
|
to 'test_vg1'). This option will override the base VG name that is
|
||||||
used for all VG renames. If a VG already exists with the specified name
|
used for all VG renames. If a VG already exists with the specified name
|
||||||
a numeric suffix will be added (like the previous example) to make it unique.
|
a numeric suffix will be added (like the previous example) to make it unique.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-i|\-\-import
|
.BR \-i ", " \-\-import
|
||||||
Import exported Volume Groups. Otherwise VGs that have been exported
|
Import exported Volume Groups. Otherwise VGs that have been exported
|
||||||
will not be changed (nor will their associated PVs).
|
will not be changed (nor will their associated PVs).
|
||||||
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
|
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
\fBLVM_BINARY\fP
|
.B LVM_BINARY
|
||||||
The LVM2 binary to use.
|
The LVM2 binary to use. Defaults to "lvm".
|
||||||
Defaults to "lvm".
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
The origin VG "vg00" has origin PVs "/dev/sda" and "/dev/sdb"
|
||||||
The origin VG
|
and the respective snapshot PVs are "/dev/sdc" and "/dev/sdd".
|
||||||
.B vg00
|
To rename the VG associated with "/dev/sdc" and "/dev/sdd"
|
||||||
has origin PVs
|
from "vg00" to "vg00_snap"
|
||||||
.BR /dev/sda " and " /dev/sdb
|
|
||||||
and the respective snapshot PVs are
|
|
||||||
.BR /dev/sdc " and " /dev/sdd "."
|
|
||||||
To rename the VG
|
|
||||||
associated with
|
|
||||||
.BR /dev/sdc " and " /dev/sdd
|
|
||||||
from
|
|
||||||
.B vg00
|
|
||||||
to
|
|
||||||
.B vg00_snap
|
|
||||||
(and to change associated VG and PV UUIDs) do:
|
(and to change associated VG and PV UUIDs) do:
|
||||||
.nf
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B vgimportclone --basevgname vg00_snap /dev/sdc /dev/sdd
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
\ vgimportclone --basevgname vg00_snap /dev/sdc /dev/sdd
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.fi
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8)
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
.BR vgrename (8)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -3,25 +3,35 @@
|
|||||||
vgmerge \- merge two volume groups
|
vgmerge \- merge two volume groups
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgmerge
|
.B vgmerge
|
||||||
[\-A|\-\-autobackup y|n] [\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help] [\-l|\-\-list]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
[\-t|\-\-test] [\-v|\-\-verbose] DestinationVolumeGroupName
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
SourceVolumeGroupName
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-l | \-\-list ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.I DestinationVolumeGroupName
|
||||||
|
.I SourceVolumeGroupName
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
vgmerge merges two existing volume groups. The inactive SourceVolumeGroupName
|
vgmerge merges two existing volume groups. The inactive
|
||||||
will be merged into the DestinationVolumeGroupName if physical extent sizes
|
\fISourceVolumeGroupName\fP will be merged into
|
||||||
|
the \fIDestinationVolumeGroupName\fP if physical extent sizes
|
||||||
are equal and physical and logical volume summaries of both volume groups
|
are equal and physical and logical volume summaries of both volume groups
|
||||||
fit into DestinationVolumeGroupName's limits.
|
fit into \fIDestinationVolumeGroupName\fP's limits.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.I \-l, \-\-list
|
.TP
|
||||||
Display merged DestinationVolumeGroupName like "vgdisplay -v".
|
.BR \-l ", " \-\-list
|
||||||
|
Display merged \fIDestinationVolumeGroupName\fP like \fBvgdisplay -v\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-t, \-\-test
|
.BR \-t ", " \-\-test
|
||||||
Do a test run WITHOUT making any real changes.
|
Do a test run WITHOUT making any real changes.
|
||||||
.SH Examples
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
"vgmerge -v databases my_vg" merges the inactive volume group named "my_vg"
|
Merge the inactive volume group named "my_vg"
|
||||||
into the active or inactive volume group named "databases" giving verbose
|
into the active or inactive volume group named "databases" giving verbose
|
||||||
runtime information.
|
runtime information:
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B vgmerge -v databases my_vg
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,23 +3,23 @@
|
|||||||
vgmknodes \- recreate volume group directory and logical volume special files
|
vgmknodes \- recreate volume group directory and logical volume special files
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgmknodes
|
.B vgmknodes
|
||||||
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-refresh]
|
.RB [ \-\-refresh ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
[[VolumeGroupName | LogicalVolumePath]...]
|
.RI [[ VolumeGroupName | LogicalVolumePath ]...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
Checks the LVM2 special files in /dev that are needed for active
|
Checks the LVM2 special files in /dev that are needed for active
|
||||||
logical volumes and creates any missing ones and removes unused ones.
|
logical volumes and creates any missing ones and removes unused ones.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-\-refresh
|
.BR \-\-refresh
|
||||||
If any logical volume in the volume group is active, reload its metadata.
|
If any logical volume in the volume group is active, reload its metadata.
|
||||||
This is not necessary in normal operation, but may be useful
|
This is not necessary in normal operation, but may be useful
|
||||||
if something has gone wrong or if you're doing clustering
|
if something has gone wrong or if you're doing clustering
|
||||||
manually without a clustered lock manager.
|
manually without a clustered lock manager.
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgscan (8),
|
.BR vgscan (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,28 +3,34 @@
|
|||||||
vgreduce \- reduce a volume group
|
vgreduce \- reduce a volume group
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgreduce
|
.B vgreduce
|
||||||
[\-a|\-\-all] [\-A|\-\-autobackup y|n] [\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-all ]
|
||||||
[\-\-removemissing]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
[\-t|\-\-test]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose] VolumeGroupName
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[PhysicalVolumePath...]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-removemissing ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.I VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolumePath ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
vgreduce allows you to remove one or more unused physical volumes
|
vgreduce allows you to remove one or more unused physical volumes
|
||||||
from a volume group.
|
from a volume group.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-a, \-\-all
|
.BR \-a ", " \-\-all
|
||||||
Removes all empty physical volumes if none are given on command line.
|
Removes all empty physical volumes if none are given on command line.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-removemissing
|
.B \-\-removemissing
|
||||||
Removes all missing physical volumes from the volume group, if there are no
|
Removes all missing physical volumes from the volume group, if there are no
|
||||||
logical volumes allocated on those. This resumes normal operation of the volume
|
logical volumes allocated on those. This resumes normal operation of the volume
|
||||||
group (new logical volumes may again be created, changed and so on).
|
group (new logical volumes may again be created, changed and so on).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If this is not possible (there are logical volumes referencing the missing
|
If this is not possible (there are logical volumes referencing the missing
|
||||||
physical volumes) and you cannot or do not want to remove them manually, you
|
physical volumes) and you cannot or do not want to remove them manually, you
|
||||||
can run this option with --force to have vgreduce remove any partial LVs.
|
can run this option with \fB--force\fP to have \fBvgreduce\fP
|
||||||
|
remove any partial LVs.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Any logical volumes and dependent snapshots that were partly on the
|
Any logical volumes and dependent snapshots that were partly on the
|
||||||
missing disks get removed completely. This includes those parts
|
missing disks get removed completely. This includes those parts
|
||||||
@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ that lie on disks that are still present.
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
If your logical volumes spanned several disks including the ones that are
|
If your logical volumes spanned several disks including the ones that are
|
||||||
lost, you might want to try to salvage data first by activating your
|
lost, you might want to try to salvage data first by activating your
|
||||||
logical volumes with --partial as described in \fBlvm (8)\fP.
|
logical volumes with \fB--partial\fP as described in \fBlvm\fP(8).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,9 +3,14 @@
|
|||||||
vgremove \- remove a volume group
|
vgremove \- remove a volume group
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgremove
|
.B vgremove
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-f|\-\-force] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-\-noudevsync] [\-t|\-\-test] [\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
|
||||||
VolumeGroupName [VolumeGroupName...]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-noudevsync ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.I VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
vgremove allows you to remove one or more volume groups.
|
vgremove allows you to remove one or more volume groups.
|
||||||
If one or more physical volumes in the volume group are lost,
|
If one or more physical volumes in the volume group are lost,
|
||||||
@ -16,7 +21,7 @@ If there are logical volumes that exist in the volume group,
|
|||||||
a prompt will be given to confirm removal. You can override
|
a prompt will be given to confirm removal. You can override
|
||||||
the prompt with \fB-f\fP.
|
the prompt with \fB-f\fP.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
.BR \-f ", " \-\-force
|
||||||
Force the removal of any logical volumes on the volume group
|
Force the removal of any logical volumes on the volume group
|
||||||
|
@ -3,32 +3,21 @@
|
|||||||
vgrename \- rename a volume group
|
vgrename \- rename a volume group
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgrename
|
.B vgrename
|
||||||
[\-A|\-\-autobackup y|n]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
[\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-t|\-\-test]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.IR OldVolumeGroup { Path | Name | UUID }
|
.IR OldVolumeGroup { Path | Name | UUID }
|
||||||
.IR NewVolumeGroup { Path | Name }
|
.IR NewVolumeGroup { Path | Name }
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
vgrename renames an existing (see
|
vgrename renames an existing (see
|
||||||
.B vgcreate(8)
|
.BR vgcreate (8))
|
||||||
) volume group from
|
volume group from
|
||||||
.IR OldVolumeGroup { Name | Path | UUID }
|
.IR OldVolumeGroup { Name | Path | UUID }
|
||||||
to
|
to
|
||||||
.IR NewVolumeGroup { Name | Path }.
|
.IR NewVolumeGroup { Name | Path }.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
|
||||||
.SH Examples
|
|
||||||
"vgrename /dev/vg02 /dev/my_volume_group" renames existing
|
|
||||||
volume group "vg02" to "my_volume_group".
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
"vgrename vg02 my_volume_group" does the same.
|
|
||||||
.TP
|
|
||||||
"vgrename Zvlifi-Ep3t-e0Ng-U42h-o0ye-KHu1-nl7Ns4 VolGroup00_tmp"
|
|
||||||
changes the name of the Volume Group with UUID
|
|
||||||
Zvlifi-Ep3t-e0Ng-U42h-o0ye-KHu1-nl7Ns4 to
|
|
||||||
"VolGroup00_tmp".
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
All the Volume Groups visible to a system need to have different
|
All the Volume Groups visible to a system need to have different
|
||||||
names. Otherwise many LVM2 commands will refuse to run or give
|
names. Otherwise many LVM2 commands will refuse to run or give
|
||||||
@ -41,7 +30,23 @@ not even boot correctly. However, the two Volume Groups should have
|
|||||||
different UUIDs (unless the disk was cloned) so you can rename
|
different UUIDs (unless the disk was cloned) so you can rename
|
||||||
one of the conflicting Volume Groups with
|
one of the conflicting Volume Groups with
|
||||||
\fBvgrename\fP.
|
\fBvgrename\fP.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
|
.SH Examples
|
||||||
|
Renames existing volume group vg02 to my_volume_group:
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B vgrename /dev/vg02 /dev/my_volume_group
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B vgrename vg02 my_volume_group
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Changes the name of the Volume Group with UUID
|
||||||
|
.br
|
||||||
|
Zvlifi-Ep3t-e0Ng-U42h-o0ye-KHu1-nl7Ns4 to VolGroup00_tmp:
|
||||||
|
.sp
|
||||||
|
.B vgrename Zvlifi-Ep3t-e0Ng-U42h-o0ye-KHu1-nl7Ns4 VolGroup00_tmp
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgchange (8),
|
.BR vgchange (8),
|
||||||
|
85
man/vgs.8.in
85
man/vgs.8.in
@ -3,56 +3,69 @@
|
|||||||
vgs \- report information about volume groups
|
vgs \- report information about volume groups
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgs
|
.B vgs
|
||||||
[\-a|\-\-all]
|
.RB [ \-a | \-\-all ]
|
||||||
[\-\-aligned] [\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-\-aligned ]
|
||||||
[\-\-ignorelockingfailure] [\-\-nameprefixes] [\-\-noheadings] [\-\-nosuffix]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-o|\-\-options [+]Field[,Field]]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-O|\-\-sort [+|-]Key1[,[+|-]Key2[,...]]]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
[\-P|\-\-partial] [\-\-rows]
|
.RB [ \-\-nameprefixes ]
|
||||||
[\-\-separator Separator] [\-\-unbuffered]
|
.RB [ \-\-noheadings ]
|
||||||
[\-\-units hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE]
|
.RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
|
||||||
[\-\-unquoted]
|
.RB [ \-o | \-\-options
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RI [ + ] Field1 [ ,Field2 ...]]
|
||||||
[\-\-version] [VolumeGroupName [VolumeGroupName...]]
|
.RB [ \-O | \-\-sort
|
||||||
|
.RI [ + | \- ] Key1 [ , [ + | \- ] Key2 ...]]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-rows ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-separator
|
||||||
|
.IR Separator ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-unbuffered ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-units
|
||||||
|
.IR hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-unquoted ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-\-version ]
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName
|
||||||
|
.RI [ VolumeGroupName ...]]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
vgs produces formatted output about volume groups.
|
vgs produces formatted output about volume groups.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-all
|
.B \-\-all
|
||||||
List all volume groups. Equivalent to not specifying any volume groups.
|
List all volume groups. Equivalent to not specifying any volume groups.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-aligned
|
.B \-\-aligned
|
||||||
Use with \-\-separator to align the output columns.
|
Use with \fB\-\-separator\fP to align the output columns.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-nameprefixes
|
.B \-\-nameprefixes
|
||||||
Add an "LVM2_" prefix plus the field name to the output. Useful
|
Add an "LVM2_" prefix plus the field name to the output. Useful
|
||||||
with --noheadings to produce a list of field=value pairs that can
|
with \fB\-\-noheadings\fP to produce a list of field=value pairs that can
|
||||||
be used to set environment variables (for example, in \fBudev (7)\fP rules).
|
be used to set environment variables (for example, in \fBudev\fP(7) rules).
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-noheadings
|
.B \-\-noheadings
|
||||||
Suppress the headings line that is normally the first line of output.
|
Suppress the headings line that is normally the first line of output.
|
||||||
Useful if grepping the output.
|
Useful if grepping the output.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-nosuffix
|
.B \-\-nosuffix
|
||||||
Suppress the suffix on output sizes. Use with \-\-units (except h and H)
|
Suppress the suffix on output sizes. Use with \fB\-\-units\fP
|
||||||
if processing the output.
|
(except h and H) if processing the output.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-o, \-\-options
|
.BR \-o ", " \-\-options
|
||||||
Comma-separated ordered list of columns. Precede the list with '+' to append
|
Comma-separated ordered list of columns. Precede the list with '+' to append
|
||||||
to the default selection of columns.
|
to the default selection of columns.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Use \fb-o vg_all\fP to select all volume group columns.
|
Use \fB\-o vg_all\fP to select all volume group columns.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Use \fb-o help\fP to view the full list of columns available.
|
Use \fB\-o help\fP to view the full list of columns available.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Column names include: vg_fmt, vg_uuid, vg_name, vg_attr, vg_size, vg_free,
|
Column names include: vg_fmt, vg_uuid, vg_name, vg_attr, vg_size, vg_free,
|
||||||
vg_sysid, vg_extent_size, vg_extent_count, vg_free_count, max_lv, max_pv,
|
vg_sysid, vg_extent_size, vg_extent_count, vg_free_count, max_lv, max_pv,
|
||||||
pv_count, lv_count, snap_count, vg_seqno, vg_tags, vg_mda_count, vg_mda_free,
|
pv_count, lv_count, snap_count, vg_seqno, vg_tags, vg_mda_count, vg_mda_free,
|
||||||
and vg_mda_size, vg_mda_used_count.
|
and vg_mda_size, vg_mda_used_count.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
Any "vg_" prefixes are optional. Columns mentioned in either \fBpvs (8)\fP
|
Any "vg_" prefixes are optional. Columns mentioned in either \fBpvs\fP(8)
|
||||||
or \fBlvs (8)\fP can also be chosen, but columns cannot be taken from both
|
or \fBlvs\fP(8) can also be chosen, but columns cannot be taken from both
|
||||||
at the same time.
|
at the same time.
|
||||||
.IP
|
.IP
|
||||||
The vg_attr bits are:
|
The vg_attr bits are:
|
||||||
@ -72,27 +85,29 @@ Allocation policy: (c)ontiguous, c(l)ing, (n)ormal, (a)nywhere, (i)nherited
|
|||||||
(c)lustered
|
(c)lustered
|
||||||
.RE
|
.RE
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-O, \-\-sort
|
.BR \-O ", " \-\-sort
|
||||||
Comma-separated ordered list of columns to sort by. Replaces the default
|
Comma-separated ordered list of columns to sort by. Replaces the default
|
||||||
selection. Precede any column with - for a reverse sort on that column.
|
selection. Precede any column with '\fI\-\fP' for a reverse sort on that
|
||||||
|
column.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-rows
|
.B \-\-rows
|
||||||
Output columns as rows.
|
Output columns as rows.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-separator Separator
|
.B \-\-separator \fISeparator
|
||||||
String to use to separate each column. Useful if grepping the output.
|
String to use to separate each column. Useful if grepping the output.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-unbuffered
|
.B \-\-unbuffered
|
||||||
Produce output immediately without sorting or aligning the columns properly.
|
Produce output immediately without sorting or aligning the columns properly.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-units hHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE
|
.B \-\-units \fIhHbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE
|
||||||
All sizes are output in these units: (h)uman-readable, (b)ytes, (s)ectors,
|
All sizes are output in these units: (h)uman-readable, (b)ytes, (s)ectors,
|
||||||
(k)ilobytes, (m)egabytes, (g)igabytes, (t)erabytes, (p)etabytes, (e)xabytes.
|
(k)ilobytes, (m)egabytes, (g)igabytes, (t)erabytes, (p)etabytes, (e)xabytes.
|
||||||
Capitalise to use multiples of 1000 (S.I.) instead of 1024. Can also specify
|
Capitalise to use multiples of 1000 (S.I.) instead of 1024. Can also specify
|
||||||
custom units e.g. \-\-units 3M
|
custom units e.g. \-\-units 3M
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-unquoted
|
.B \-\-unquoted
|
||||||
When used with --nameprefixes, output values in the field=value pairs are not quoted.
|
When used with \fB\-\-nameprefixes\fP, output values in the field=value
|
||||||
|
pairs are not quoted.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgdisplay (8),
|
.BR vgdisplay (8),
|
||||||
|
@ -3,11 +3,12 @@
|
|||||||
vgscan \- scan all disks for volume groups and rebuild caches
|
vgscan \- scan all disks for volume groups and rebuild caches
|
||||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||||
.B vgscan
|
.B vgscan
|
||||||
[\-d|\-\-debug] [\-h|\-?|\-\-help]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
[\-\-ignorelockingfailure]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-? | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
[\-\-mknodes]
|
.RB [ \-\-ignorelockingfailure ]
|
||||||
[\-P|\-\-partial]
|
.RB [ \-\-mknodes ]
|
||||||
[\-v|\-\-verbose]
|
.RB [ \-P | \-\-partial ]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
vgscan scans all SCSI, (E)IDE disks, multiple devices and a bunch
|
vgscan scans all SCSI, (E)IDE disks, multiple devices and a bunch
|
||||||
of other disk devices in the system looking for LVM physical volumes
|
of other disk devices in the system looking for LVM physical volumes
|
||||||
@ -17,13 +18,13 @@ the scan to avoid a CD ROM, for example.
|
|||||||
In LVM2, vgscans take place automatically; but you might still need to
|
In LVM2, vgscans take place automatically; but you might still need to
|
||||||
run one explicitly after changing hardware.
|
run one explicitly after changing hardware.
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-mknodes
|
.B \-\-mknodes
|
||||||
Also checks the LVM special files in /dev that are needed for active
|
Also checks the LVM special files in /dev that are needed for active
|
||||||
logical volumes and creates any missing ones and removes unused ones.
|
logical volumes and creates any missing ones and removes unused ones.
|
||||||
.TP
|
.TP
|
||||||
.I \-\-cache
|
.B \-\-cache
|
||||||
Scan devices for LVM physical volumes and volume groups and instruct
|
Scan devices for LVM physical volumes and volume groups and instruct
|
||||||
the lvmetad daemon to update its cached state accordingly.
|
the lvmetad daemon to update its cached state accordingly.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
|
@ -5,8 +5,10 @@ vgsplit \- split a volume group into two
|
|||||||
.B vgsplit
|
.B vgsplit
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
.RB [ \-\-alloc
|
||||||
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
.IR AllocationPolicy ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup " {" y | n }]
|
.RB [ \-A | \-\-autobackup
|
||||||
.RB [ \-c | \-\-clustered " {" y | n }]
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
|
.RB [ \-c | \-\-clustered
|
||||||
|
.RI { y | n }]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
.RB [ \-d | \-\-debug ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-l | \-\-maxlogicalvolumes
|
.RB [ \-l | \-\-maxlogicalvolumes
|
||||||
@ -15,35 +17,36 @@ vgsplit \- split a volume group into two
|
|||||||
.IR type ]
|
.IR type ]
|
||||||
.RB [ -p | \-\-maxphysicalvolumes
|
.RB [ -p | \-\-maxphysicalvolumes
|
||||||
.IR MaxPhysicalVolumes ]
|
.IR MaxPhysicalVolumes ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-\-[vg]metadatacopies ]
|
.RB [ \-\- [ vg ] metadatacopies
|
||||||
.IR NumberOfCopies|unmanaged|all ]
|
.IR NumberOfCopies | unmanaged | all ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-n | \-\-name
|
.RB [ \-n | \-\-name
|
||||||
.IR LogicalVolumeName ]
|
.IR LogicalVolumeName ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
.RB [ \-t | \-\-test ]
|
||||||
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
|
||||||
SourceVolumeGroupName DestinationVolumeGroupName
|
.I SourceVolumeGroupName DestinationVolumeGroupName
|
||||||
[ PhysicalVolumePath ...]
|
.RI [ PhysicalVolumePath ...]
|
||||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
.B vgsplit
|
vgsplit moves one or more physical volumes from
|
||||||
moves one or more physical volumes from
|
\fISourceVolumeGroupName\fP into \fIDestinationVolumeGroupName\fP.
|
||||||
.I SourceVolumeGroupName
|
The physical volumes moved can be specified either explicitly via
|
||||||
into
|
\fIPhysicalVolumePath\fP, or implicitly by \fB\-n\fP
|
||||||
.I DestinationVolumeGroupName\fP. The physical volumes moved can be
|
\fILogicalVolumeName\fP, in which case only physical volumes
|
||||||
specified either explicitly via \fIPhysicalVolumePath\fP, or implicitly by
|
|
||||||
\fB-n\fP \fILogicalVolumeName\fP, in which case only physical volumes
|
|
||||||
underlying the specified logical volume will be moved.
|
underlying the specified logical volume will be moved.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If
|
If \fIDestinationVolumeGroupName\fP does not exist, a new volume
|
||||||
.I DestinationVolumeGroupName
|
group will be created. The default attributes
|
||||||
does not exist, a new volume group will be created. The default attributes
|
for the new volume group can be specified with
|
||||||
for the new volume group can be specified with \fB\-\-alloc\fR,
|
.BR \-\-alloc ,
|
||||||
\fB\-\-clustered\fR, \fB\-\-maxlogicalvolumes\fR, \fB\-\-metadatatype\fR,
|
.BR \-\-clustered ,
|
||||||
\fB\-\-maxphysicalvolumes\fR and \fB\-\-[vg]metadatacopies\fR,
|
.BR \-\-maxlogicalvolumes ,
|
||||||
(see \fBvgcreate(8)\fR for a description of these options). If any
|
.BR \-\-metadatatype ,
|
||||||
|
.B \-\-maxphysicalvolumes \fRand
|
||||||
|
.BR \-\- [ vg ] metadatacopies
|
||||||
|
(see \fBvgcreate\fP(8) for a description of these options). If any
|
||||||
of these options are not given, default attribute(s) are taken from
|
of these options are not given, default attribute(s) are taken from
|
||||||
.I SourceVolumeGroupName\fP. If a non-LVM2 metadata type (e.g. lvm1) is
|
\fISourceVolumeGroupName\fP. If a non-LVM2 metadata type (e.g. lvm1) is
|
||||||
being used, you should use the -M option to specify the metadata type
|
being used, you should use the \fB\-M\fP option to specify the metadata
|
||||||
directly.
|
type directly.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If
|
If
|
||||||
.I DestinationVolumeGroupName
|
.I DestinationVolumeGroupName
|
||||||
@ -53,20 +56,20 @@ before the physical volumes are moved. Specifying any of the above default
|
|||||||
volume group attributes with an existing destination volume group is an error,
|
volume group attributes with an existing destination volume group is an error,
|
||||||
and no split will occur.
|
and no split will occur.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Logical volumes cannot be split between volume groups. \fBVgsplit(8)\fP only
|
Logical volumes cannot be split between volume groups. \fBvgsplit\fP(8) only
|
||||||
moves complete physical volumes: To move part of a physical volume, use
|
moves complete physical volumes: To move part of a physical volume, use
|
||||||
\fBpvmove(8)\fP. Each existing logical volume must be entirely on the physical
|
\fBpvmove\fP(8). Each existing logical volume must be entirely on the physical
|
||||||
volumes forming either the source or the destination volume group. For this
|
volumes forming either the source or the destination volume group. For this
|
||||||
reason, \fBvgsplit(8)\fP may fail with an error if a split would result in a
|
reason, \fBvgsplit\fP(8) may fail with an error if a split would result in a
|
||||||
logical volume being split across volume groups.
|
logical volume being split across volume groups.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A \fBvgsplit\fP into an existing volume group retains the existing volume group's
|
A vgsplit into an existing volume group retains the existing volume group's
|
||||||
value of \fPvgmetadatacopies\fP (see \fBvgcreate\fP and \fBlvm.conf\fP for further
|
value of \fPvgmetadatacopies\fP (see \fBvgcreate\fP(8) and \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for further
|
||||||
explanation of \fPvgmetadatacopies\fP). To change the value of
|
explanation of \fPvgmetadatacopies\fP). To change the value of
|
||||||
\fBvgmetadatacopies\fP, use \fBvgchange\fP.
|
\fBvgmetadatacopies\fP, use \fBvgchange\fP(8).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||||
See \fBlvm\fP for common options.
|
See \fBlvm\fP(8) for common options.
|
||||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||||
.BR lvm (8),
|
.BR lvm (8),
|
||||||
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
.BR vgcreate (8),
|
||||||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user